Common use of VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS Clause in Contracts

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings A. A vacancy shall be defined for instructional and administrative positions purposes of this Agreement as a full-time position previously held by a professional employee or a new full-time position to be filled by a professional employee. B. Vacancies shall be posted on the District school district's website. Notice Each position shall be posted and remain open for applicants for seven (7) calendar days following posting of these vacancies. However, all vacancies shall be posted for at least five (5) work days prior to workdays, unless the filling President of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during Junethe Association, Julyor designee, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during designee, mutually agree to waive or shorten the posting period. C. All professional employees may apply for any known vacancy within the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may district and all applications will be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between considered by the Superintendent and the ABCE President or designee. Professional employees will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, given preference over new hires provided they are properly certified and qualified applicant(skill, preparation, training, ability and experience). Agreement between When two or more employees apply for a vacancy, the most qualified employee shall fill the position provided he/she is properly certified. The decision of the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this regarding recommendations to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then fill the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within is final. Following final action on this recommendation by the provisions of Article XBoard, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or all professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required employees who have applied for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard will receive a written notice of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required action taken. D. Current professional employees who apply for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also a vacancy or seek a transfer shall not be required to "qualify" take a skills assessment survey or any like instrument. This decision, by a current professional employee, shall not affect the preferences in vacancies described in paragraph C of this article. E. The Association and the Board recognize the importance and value of employing teachers in critical certification areas and during teacher shortage periods. In preparation for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOLthe next school year, Readingthe intent of this section is to allow the District to “early hire” during recruitment season (January – June), and Giftedwithout advertising. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE  Thirty five (35) persons per year during the recruitment season in certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.areas which have been deemed “critical needs”

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings A. The COMMITTEE and the ASSOCIATION agree that professional advancement within the system is desirable and that teachers within the system should be encouraged to apply for instructional and administrative positions shall advancement. Therefore, the parties agree as follows: 1. Whenever a vacancy occurs during the school year, notice of the vacancy will be posted on the District websitewebsite as far in advance of the appointment as possible and will be sent to all bargaining unit members by email. Notice of these vacancies shall The qualifications for the position and its duties will be posted at least five (5) work days prior set forth with reasonable clarity. All qualified teachers will be given adequate opportunity to apply for such positions, and the COMMITTEE agrees to give due weight to the filling professional background and attainments of such vacancyall applicants. 2. Vacancies which occur Notification of all vacancies occurring during June, July, and August shall the summer months will be posted for only four (4) work daysgiven to the ASSOCIATION President or his/her designee. Vacancies that occur within one week All teachers will be given a form at the close of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due in order to a resignation indicate to the administration and the ASSOCIATION their interest in filling possible vacancies that occur during the summer months. 3. A representative of the ASSOCIATION and the Central Administration will cooperate to inform potential candidates of said vacancies. B. Appointments will be made without regard to race, creed, color, religion, nationality, age, sex, marital status, sexual orientation, disability, or approved transferveteran’s status. C. All applicants will be given written notification of the Superintendent’s recommendation for filling vacancies pursuant to this Article. D. A vacancy exists for purposes of posting only after the COMMITTEE has met its obligations pursuant to state law and/or the provision of Article XXI. Transfers, except as provided for in Article IX, Section F, may be filled prior to the job closing if only take place when there is a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurvacancy. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 Section 1. The following procedures will be followed in the posting and filling of vacant or newly created permanent positions. The purpose of this system is to inform employees of vacancies and newly created positions and to afford employees, who are interested and who feel they qualify, an equal opportunity to apply for the vacant or newly created position. It is understood that newly hired employees and employees on a leave of absence for any reason may not have the same period of notice as other employees concerning position vacancies. Subsection 1. When a vacant or newly created permanent position is to be filled, the Employer shall prepare a Job Posting Notice and send it to each regional office to be posted. The Notice will be posted in a specific place designated for Job Opening Notices and shall state where interested employees are to make application, and the cutoff date for application submittal and the minimum qualifications. Subsection 2. The Employer will ensure that all such applications are considered in the selection process. Members in the bargaining unit who are unsuccessful applicants shall be so notified upon completion of the selection process. Subsection 3. All openings for instructional positions in the bargaining unit, and administrative those positions that immediately follow in a logical ladder shall be posted on per the District websiteprovisions of the Article for at least seven (7) calendar days. Notice However, Article 13 will not apply to positions not included in the unit. Subsection 4. Selection of these employees to fill bargaining unit vacancies shall be posted from the in-house agency list unless all employees on such list are declared unacceptable by the appointing authority subject to the review of the agency personnel officer or EEO officer. Such list must contain the names of at least five (5) work days prior qualified applicants. When a bargaining unit employee who has applied for a vacant position is not selected, they shall, upon request, be entitled to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week advised in writing of the beginning of schoolreason they did not receive the assignment. If not satisfied with the reason stated for not receiving the assignment, the employee may invoke the grievance procedure. Subsection 5. If, within six (6) months after filling one week after bargaining unit position, the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, same or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised similar position becomes vacant within the provisions of Article Xsame geographical location, the Association employer may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be select an applicant from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined list considered in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesprevious applicant pool without reposting the position.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings A. A vacancy shall be defined for instructional and administrative positions purposes of this Agreement as a full-time position previously held by a professional employee or a new full-time position to be filled by a professional employee. B. Vacancies shall be posted on the District school district's website. Notice Each position shall be posted and remain open for applicants for seven (7) calendar days following posting of these vacancies. However, all vacancies shall be posted for at least five (5) work days prior to workdays, unless the filling President of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during Junethe Association, Julyor designee, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during designee, mutually agree to waive or shorten the posting period. C. All professional employees may apply for any known vacancy within the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may district and all applications will be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between considered by the Superintendent and the ABCE President or designee. Professional employees will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, given preference over new hires provided they are properly certified and qualified applicant(skill, preparation, training, ability and experience). Agreement between When two or more employees apply for a vacancy, the most qualified employee shall fill the position provided they are is properly certified. The decision of the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this regarding recommendations to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then fill the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within is final. Following final action on this recommendation by the provisions of Article XBoard, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or all professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required employees who have applied for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard will receive a written notice of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required action taken. D. Current professional employees who apply for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also a vacancy or seek a transfer shall not be required to "qualify" take a skills assessment survey or any like instrument. This decision, by a current professional employee, shall not affect the preferences in vacancies described in paragraph C of this article. E. The Association and the Board recognize the importance and value of employing teachers in critical certification areas and during teacher shortage periods. In preparation for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOLthe next school year, Readingthe intent of this section is to allow the District to “early hire” during recruitment season (January – June), and Giftedwithout advertising. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE • Thirty five (35) persons per year during the recruitment season in certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.areas which have been deemed “critical needs”

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative Section 12.1 The parties agree that all appointments to positions covered by this Agreement, other than the original appointments, shall be filled in accordance with this Article. Section 12.2 Whenever the Employer determines that a permanent vacancy exists, notices of such vacancy shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be bulletin boards where employee notices are usually posted for only four fourteen (414) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work calendar days prior to filling such the vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file All such notices shall contain a grievance at Step 2 description of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall position to be from filled, including job duties, working hours, special qualifications required or desired, name and classification of immediate supervisor and location of reporting and working. During the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required posting period, anyone wishing to apply for the vacant position being advertisedshall do so by submitting a written application to the Employer or his designee. Qualified: Anyone using The Employer shall not be obligated to consider any applications submitted after the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need posting period or any applicants who do not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined qualifications for the job. Section 12.3 All timely-filed applications shall be reviewed by the Employer or his designee with consideration being given to the following criteria: qualifications, experience, education, work record, previous job performance, disciplinary history, physical and mental capabilities and seniority. The Employer will establish and utilize such procedures as are appropriate to document the consideration of the above-stated criteria. Should an employee request in writing that his or Section 12.4 If a promoted employee fails his promotional probationary period, he must be restored to his former position. His salary step will be that which he would have been in had he remained in his former position. If a promoted employee fails his promotional probationary period, the district's Process Employer shall inform the employee in writing of the reason(s) for Granting District CTE Certificatesthe employee’s failure. Section 12.5 Nothing is this Article shall be construed to limit or prevent the Employer from temporarily filling a vacant position pending the Employer’s determination to fill the vacancy on a permanent basis. Temporary assignments for filling a vacancy shall be no longer than ninety Section 12.6 Upon determination by the Employer, after considering those items believed to be relevant as set forth in Section 12.3, that an employee’s performance, capability, work ethic, and the like are of such a nature as to justify special specific merit consideration, an employee may be moved from Tier B compensation structure set forth in Article 20, to Tier A compensation structure within Article 20.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 A. The filling of vacancies within the DennisYarmouth Regional School District is the responsibility of the Superintendent. B. Whenever a vacancy occurs in either an established or newly created position during the school year (SeptemberJune), it will be adequately publicized by means of an electronic notice as soon as the vacancy occurs. Vacancies resulting from an administrator’s resignation after July 1 may be filled without posting, but the Superintendent shall notify the president of the Association regarding such openings. C. All openings such notices shall set forth the specifications and qualifications for instructional the position and administrative positions the date by which applications shall be posted on filed with the District websiteSuperintendent. Notice of these vacancies such vacancy shall remain posted for ten (10) days before applications are closed. D. An opening will not be publicized when, in the judgment of the Superintendent, it may be filled by a person on leave of absence from the DennisYarmouth Regional School District. E. The filling of vacancies, including advancements or promotions, shall be posted at least five based upon the Superintendent’s judgment as to what will best serve the interests of the students, and the Superintendent will give due consideration to the professional background (5) work days prior attainment), knowledge, ability, skill, efficiency, attendance, physical condition, general health, and personality of the applicants, and other relevant factors. F. Whenever the above factors are equal in the judgment of the Superintendent, preference will be given to professionals already employed by the Superintendent. It is recognized that the final decision as to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, vacancies and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between promotions must rest with the Superintendent and that the ABCE President Superintendent’s decision will not be necessary for subject to the arbitration provisions of this to occurAgreement. Vacancies that occur Nothing in “Critical Shortage Areas” this Agreement shall be advertised prevent the Committee or Administration from making acting appointments in accordance with the contract but may best interests of the educational needs of the district until positions can be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurpermanent appointments. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional A. JOB VACANCIES 1. Posting of Vacancies The board shall notify all GRESPA employees by email and administrative post via the web, newly created or vacant positions shall be posted on within the District websitebargaining unit. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least Within five (5) work working days prior after notice is provided, any employee in the bargaining unit may notify Human Resources that he/she is interested in applying for the position, via the online bidding process. a. The District and the Association agree that it is important for both parties to be supportive and encouraging to those employees who wish to advance in their career. Furthermore, both parties equally understand that neither shall usurp the filling posting by specifically seeking out candidates to fill (future) open positions. b. Current assignments of such vacancyemployees may be adjusted upon agreement of the employee, the District and the Association. 2. Vacancies which occur during June, JulyAward of the Vacancy Qualifications for vacancies are defined as follows: The employee has the necessary qualifications and the present ability to perform the essential functions of the position in an effective and efficient manner as stated in the job description. The District shall award job vacancies on the following basis: a. The District will first award the position to a qualified employee within the department. If more than one employee in the particular department has applied for the position, and August has the necessary qualifications and present ability, the district will then review the previous 12 months attendance records and previous three (3) years of discipline records of these employees as a determining factor in the selection process. If these criteria are equal, then the employee with the greatest departmental seniority shall be posted granted the position. b. If no employee within the department has applied for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur the particular job classification and sector, then the District will award the job to another employee within one week of the beginning of schoolGRESPA unit, within one week after who has applied for the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-countclassification and sector provided the employee is qualified. c. By mutual written agreement between the District and GRESPA, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, an employee may be filled prior required to transfer from a dissatisfactory situation into a vacant position in the job closing if department in another sector/classification, which has no outstanding internal transfer request from another employee with the department. 3. Students, summer employees and/or temporary help shall not displace employees from employment who are covered by this Agreement. B. AWARDED POSITIONS 1. When a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between permanent vacancy occurs in the Superintendent and positions covered by this Agreement, which the ABCE President District wishes to fill, employees will be necessary for allowed to bid on these positions in the same manner as provided in section A. The District may temporarily assign an employee to perform a permanent new job or vacancy until the position has been awarded under this section or otherwise filled by the District. Employees who receive an award of a job under this section are ineligible to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with bid on or receive advancement or transfer within the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occursame school year. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed 2. When a job vacancy becomes available under Section A (1), departmental employees not in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then classification of the vacancy will be advertised county wide for given preference over employees in other departments and new hires. The District will award the job to the most qualified employee, and where qualifications are relatively equal, to the more senior qualified employee based on departmental seniority. In considering an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within employee's qualifications to perform the provisions of Article Xrequired work, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of District shall consider the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternatelyemployee's skill, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOLability, Readingexperience, training, productivity, work performance, work record, attendance record, dependability, and Giftedseniority. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need Employees who do not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet possess the minimum criteria qualifications as outlined in the districtjob description, shall not be considered in determining the qualified employee. If no current employee within the department with the opening possesses the minimum qualifications, then the District will encourage candidates from outside the department within the GRESPA unit. If no employee in the GRESPA unit possesses the minimum qualifications, then the District shall encourage candidates from outside the collective bargaining unit. 3. An employee whose classification changes due to a promotion under this section shall serve a trial period of six months in the new classification. During this period, the employer may return the employee to the next available vacant position in the former employee's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesclassification.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings 9.01 Vacancies, which the Company requires to be filled, will be bulletined and posted for instructional seven [7] calendar days in a place accessible to employees affected and administrative positions shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior a copy sent to the filling of such vacancyUnion. Vacancies which occur during JuneThe bulletin shall show the job title, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week a description of the beginning work, the qualifications required and a rate of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, pay. Bulletined vacancies may be filled prior temporarily pending the assignment of the successful applicants. (a) Employees may apply, within the seven-day period above, by completing in full and returning an electronic Application for Vacancy Form to Human Resources. Any form not completely filled out, may not be considered. (b) Time limits will only be extended if the job posting occurs within an employee’s vacation period or absence due to illness of no more than 30 calendar days from date of posting, in these cases the employee will be eligible to bid for the vacancy within three scheduled working days of the employee’s return. 9.03 When filling vacancies, the Company will award job bids based on the applicants’ qualifications and plant seniority. When two or more applicants have the necessary qualifications, plant seniority shall govern. The name of the employee awarded the vacancy shall be bulletined within seven (7) calendar days. 9.04 The successful employee will maintain overtime eligibility in the current department until the employee leaves to fill the vacancy. The employee will not be entitled to overtime in the new department during this period. 9.05 When an operation is temporarily suspended in a department, the Company may assign the surplus employees, in sequence, as follows: (a) To fill any temporary vacancies, for which they are qualified within their own department or (b) To temporarily displace the employee with the least department seniority in the lowest rate of pay classification on the shift in their own department or (c) To fill temporary vacancies in the lowest rate of pay classification in other departments or (d) To the lowest classification in any department or (e) To any other work that may be available. 9.06 In the event an employee is absent because of injury, sickness or emergency for a period in excess of fourteen days, the employee will notify the Company not less than forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the employee's return to work. If an employee is absent fourteen (14) days or less, the employee will notify the Company six (6) hours in advance of the employee's return to work. (a) Temporary vacancies in Lines of Promotion, which the Company requires to be filled, will be offered to the job closing if senior qualified employee in the next lower classification. (b) Employees in Lubeplex given the responsibility of the following positions shall receive a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between premium of 15% of their current base pay while so engaged: Supervisor and Shutdown Coordinator. 9.08 (a) Promotions in the Superintendent and the ABCE President Lubeplex will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised made in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurAppendix B – Line of Promotion chart. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 A. All openings for instructional and administrative vacancies in professional positions caused by death, retirement, discharge, resignation, or by the creation of new positions or new promotional positions, shall be posted on filled pursuant to the District websitefollowing procedures: 1. Notice of these Such vacancies shall be posted adequately publicized by means of a notice from the Superintendent of Schools, at least five ten (510) work calendar days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week in advance of the beginning date of schoolfilling such vacancies, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement except by mutual agreement between the Superintendent of Schools and the ABCE President of the Clinton Teachers’ Association. 2. Said notice of vacancy shall clearly set forth the qualifications, salaries, duties, and time limits for filing applications for the position. The duties shall not be changed unless the position is re-advertised. 3. Teachers who desire to apply for such vacancies shall file their applications in writing with the office of the Superintendent within the time limit specified. 4. Candidates from both within and without the School System will be necessary for this recruited to occurfill vacancies. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” Applicants with proper certification from within the School System shall be advertised in accordance with granted an interview by the contract Principal and/or Superintendent, but may be filled prior the Principal/Superintendent has the free and unencumbered ability to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurhire personnel. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed 5. In the event a position is known to be a full year in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that schoolduration, then the vacancy position must be filled as an actual vacancy. B. Promotional positions in said union are defined as follows: Positions paying a salary differential and/or all positions on the administrative-supervisory level. C. Teachers desiring a transfer will submit a written request to the Superintendent stating the assignment preferred. Such requests must be submitted between September 1 and May 1 to be considered for the following school year. Requests must be renewed each year. All requests will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work daysacknowledged in writing by June 30. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 a. The board, in its desire to recognize years of service, will prepare and keep lists indicating total years of service in the bargaining unit. In the event of vacancies that indicate promotion, when m administration's determination qualifications of applicants are equal seniority will be the determining factor, provided he/she is otherwise qualified to fill the vacancy. b. All job openings for instructional and administrative positions in the bargaining unit shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted bulletin boards at least five (5) work days prior to in advance of filling the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies The superintendent will accept written applications from any qualified candidates after notice of vacancy is made known, after which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required candidate for the position being advertisedwith the best qualifications will be selected by the superintendent to fill the vacancy. c. There shall be a maximum period of sixty (60) calendar days in which he/she shall have a fair trial to prove himself competent to handle suchjob. Qualified: Anyone using In the High Objective Uniform State Standard event he/she cannot satisfactorily perform the job, he/she shall be returned to his/her former position with no loss of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan service time. d. An employee may exercise his/her right to qualify must meet refuse promotion without loss of service time. e. The employer reserves the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required right to establish a Maintenance/Custodial/Garage Mechanic Coordinator extra duty assignment, to develop a job description for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Readingassignment, and Giftedto establish an annual extra duty pay stipend for the extra duty assignment (after consultation with representatives of the union). Exception: Applicants applying for positions It is understood and agreed between the parties that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need the extra duty assignment is not hold an hourly assignment, and that certification prior compensation will be by set annual stipend, but computed and paid throughout the year. Assignment to being selected for this extra duty position will be made by the Employer on an interview but must meet annual basis. This extra duty assignment may be discontinued at the minimum criteria outlined in end of any school year by the district's Process for Granting District CTE CertificatesEmployer.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or A. Whenever any vacancy in a professional position occurs during the school year due (September to June), it will be adequately publicized by the Superintendent by means of a resignation or approved transfernotice placed on the Association bulletin board in every school as far in advance of the appointment as possible. During the summer months, may notices of vacancies will be filled placed on the Rockport School Committee’s website. An employee who wishes to receive said notices by mail shall leave self-addressed envelopes with the Superintendent’s office prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is availableend of the school year. Agreement between In both situations, the Superintendent qualifications for the position, its duties and the ABCE President rate of compensation, will be necessary clearly set forth. The qualifications set forth for this to a particular position will not be changed when such future vacancies occur. Vacancies that occur , unless the Association has been notified in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent advance of such changes and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancyreasons therefore. If no one is chosen from that school, then the No vacancy will be advertised county wide for filled, except on a temporary basis, within ten (10) days from the date the notice is posted in the schools or the giving of notification to the Association, except in the situation where the Superintendent shall determine an additional five emergency exists, at which time he/she may waive the ten (510) work daysdays to a twenty-four (24) hour notification period of vacancy. The decision of the Superintendent in determining an emergency shall be subject to Article III, the grievance procedure. 10.3 If positions B. All qualified teachers, who apply in writing by the posting deadline, will be given adequate opportunity to make application for such positions, and all Rockport teachers who apply and are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertisedwill be granted an interview. Qualified: Anyone using The Principal and/or Superintendent agree to give due weight to the High Objective Uniform State Standard professional background and attainments of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan all applicants, the length of time each has been in the school system, and other relevant factors. The right and obligation of the Principal and/or Superintendent under the law to qualify must meet fill vacancies according to his/her best judgment and consistent with the criteria outlined in School Board policy terms and match conditions of the certification required for statutes of the Commonwealth are hereby reaffirmed. C. In filling summer school and evening school positions, the best qualified available individuals will be employed. In situations where a Rockport teacher is equally well qualified, he/she will be given preference. D. Whenever a new position is created, the Committee shall notify the Association and will, upon request, discuss whether the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required is appropriate to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification Unit A within fourteen (non-transferable14) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet days after said request of the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE CertificatesAssociation.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 ‌ Section 1. The following procedures will be followed in the posting and filling of vacant or newly created permanent positions. The purpose of this system is to inform Investigators of vacancies and newly created positions and to afford Investigators, who are interested and who feel they qualify, an equal opportunity to apply for the vacant or newly created position. It is understood that newly hired Investigators and Investigators on a leave of absence for any reason may not have the same period of notice as other Investigators concerning position vacancies. Subsection 1. All openings newly vacated or created Investigator positions will first be filled through the consideration of internal lateral transfers among bargaining unit members who are in a permanent status. Bargaining unit members who are temporary (2-18- 101(26) (a, b, c, d, e), MCA, probationary, under a training assignment, or a corrective action plan are not eligible for instructional transfer. Bargaining unit members are eligible to request transfers if they have completed their probationary periods and/or training assignments and administrative are not under a corrective action plan. Subsection 2. When a vacant or newly created permanent position is to be filled, the Employer shall provide notice to all bargaining unit members. The notice shall state whether the position is open for transfer or selection, where interested Investigators must submit application/transfer requests, the closing date for submittals, and the minimum qualifications. If no eligible permanent status employees are interested in Subsection 3. The Employer will ensure that all such applications be considered in the selection process. Members in the bargaining units who are unsuccessful applicants shall be so notified upon completion of the selection process. Subsection 4. All positions in the bargaining unit, and those positions that immediately follow in a logical ladder shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within per the provisions of this Article Xfor at least seven calendar days. However, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan Article 13 will not apply to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined included in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesunit.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions 9.01 When a vacancy occurs in a regular job classification above the lowest classification promotion shall be posted made from the lowest job classifications as shown on the District websiteLine of Promotion chart and in order of the designated promotion number provided there are qualified employees therein. Notice of these Otherwise the vacancies shall be posted at least bulletined. 9.02 On entering a line on the Promotion Chart (Appendix 2) employees shall be assigned promotion numbers to indicate their relative position in that line of promotion. 9.03 An employee who declines a promotion to a higher job classification and subsequently accepts promotion on the same higher job classification shall remain behind the employee who did receive the promotion for all seniority purposes within that department. An employee who declines a promotion shall do so in writing but this shall not affect opportunity for promotion in the future. 9.04 Bulletining of jobs shall be done in the following manner: The job shall be bulletined within five (5) work calendar days prior to of the filling of such vacancyvacancy occurring. Vacancies which occur during Junein new job classifications need not be bulletined until the expiration of thirty calendar days from the date created. 9.05 The bulletin shall show a general job description, Julyrate of pay, hours of work and August shall be posted for only four (4) work daysfive calendar days in a place accessible to all employees affected. Vacancies that occur Copies of all bulletins shall be furnished to the Union. 9.06 Employees desiring such positions shall within the five calendar day period specified in Article 9.05 forward duplicate applications through their supervisor to the Human Resources Office. The Company shall forward one week copy to the Union. An employee absent due to vacation, illness or leave shall be deemed to have made application. 9.07 Bulletined vacancies shall be filled by the Company based on qualifications to perform the work, but where two or more employees are qualified, seniority shall govern. The name of the beginning of schoolsuccessful applicant shall be bulletined within seven calendar days in the same manner as the vacancy was bulletined, within one week after except in the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-countcase where the senior employee is not awarded the vacancy, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, supervisor shall notify the senior employee before the award is bulletined. 9.08 Bulletined vacancies may be filled prior to temporarily pending the job closing if a qualified applicant is availableassignment of successful applicants. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” Such assignments shall be advertised in accordance with taken over by the contract but person appointed not more than ten working days after the date of posting of the award. 9.09 Vacancies of a temporary nature resulting from vacations, injury, sickness, leave of absence or emergencies may be filled prior as follows when coverage with employees having the necessary qualifications can be provided: (a) Moving up the personnel of the shift into successively higher classification of the shift until the vacancy is filled. (b) Assigning employees from an operation temporarily suspended. (c) Assigning personnel from another shift. When vacancies are filled by overtime work, Article 4.01 shall apply. 9.10 ® When it can be determined that the duration of the vacancy, except vacancies due to the job closingvacation or Union leave of absence, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on excess of 15 consecutive days from the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling date of such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that schooldetermination, then the vacancy shall be bulletined as in Article 9.01. If undetermined after 30 consecutive days, the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work daysbulletined as in article 9.01. The bidding process will start on day 31. If there is notification that the employee will be back within the bidding/award process period, the vacancy will not be posted. 10.3 If 9.11 Promotions to Supervisor positions are shall not properly advertised within be subject to the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provisionthis Agreement. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews 9.12 Employees who have given long and faithful service and who become unable to handle heavy work shall be from given preference for such available light work which they are able to perform at the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold established rate for such a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesjob classification.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings In the event a vacancy in a position covered by this Agreement occurs during the term of this Agreement, the parties agree that: A. If the Committee determines to fill a vacancy or establish a new classification within the bargaining unit covered by this Agreement, then, 1. The Superintendent, or their designee, shall send a notice of the vacancy by electronic mail to all unit employees using the District issued email addresses. The notice shall set forth the qualification for instructional the positions, and administrative positions its duties. If applicable, the rate of compensation will be shown. 2. With the exception of co-curricular and athletic positions, applications for the vacancy shall be submitted, through the District’s electronic portal, no later than ten (10) school days from the date of posting. 3. The Superintendent shall render his/her decision on the application as soon as possible following the final date for submission of applications. 4. During non-school months, the Superintendent shall send written notice of the vacancy to the Association President and designated building representatives by email. In addition, notification shall be posted on in the District website. Notice Superintendent's office for at least fourteen (14) days before the close of these vacancies applications for the position. a) Applications shall be posted at least five submitted by the individual teacher and/or Association through the District’s electronic portal, no later than seven (57) work calendar days prior to from the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week date of the beginning posting. b) However, if a vacancy occurs after August 10, the position may be filled by the Superintendent notwithstanding the provisions of schoolthe article. The Association must be informed via email of positions filled under this article. 5. The vacancy may be filled on a temporary basis from the date of the vacancy until appointment is made. 6. A vacancy in a regular teaching position, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or which occurs during the school year due to a resignation or approved transferyear, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between temporarily by the Superintendent and for the ABCE President duration of said school year. However, if such temporary assignment is made, at the completion of the school year said position shall be posted in accordance with this article. B. All qualified teachers will be necessary given adequate opportunity to make application for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised such positions, in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior provisions of A.1. above. The Superintendent agrees to give consideration to the job closingperformance, with an availableprofessional background and attainments of all applicants, certified the length of time each has been in the Duxbury Public Schools and qualified applicantother relevant factors. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to In filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that schoolvacancies, then preference should be given to qualified teachers already employed by the vacancy will be advertised county wide for Committee, and each teacher not selected will, upon request, receive an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be explanation from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE CertificatesSuperintendent.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings Section 1. The following procedures will be followed in the posting and filling of vacant or newly created permanent positions. The purpose of this system is to inform employees of vacancies and newly created positions and to afford employees, who are interested and who feel they qualify, an equal opportunity to apply for instructional the vacant or newly created position. It is understood that newly hired employees and administrative positions employees on a leave of absence for any reason may not have the same period of notice as other employees concerning position vacancies. Subsection 1. When a vacant or newly created permanent position is to be filled, the Employer shall prepare a Job Posting Notice and post same on the OPI intranet. The notice will be posted on the District websiteOPI intranet and shall state where interested employees are to make application, the cut-off date for application submittal, and the minimum qualifications. Notice When a non-exempt bargaining unit position pay band 4 or below is to be filled, the Employer will make every effort to fill the position from qualified applicants within the bargaining unit. Subsection 2. The Employer will insure that all applications are considered in the selection process. Experience and/or education, qualifications, and seniority shall be the factors considered when filling vacant or new positions. When using a "structured" hiring process, based on a measured score, if the final scores of these vacancies the top applicants are substantially equal (defined as within three percentage points or less of the highest score), the OPI employee with the most seniority will have preference. Internal applicants must have been employed with the OPI at least one year (as of the date the vacancy announcement closes) for the seniority preference to apply. Members of the bargaining unit who are unsuccessful applicants shall be so notified upon completion of the selection process. Subsection 3. All positions in the bargaining unit shall be posted per the provisions of this Article for at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work seven calendar days. Vacancies that occur within one week of However, this will not apply to positions not included in the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is availablebargaining unit. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President The human resource manager will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and post all vacancies via email to all current staff at that school site where employees in addition to posting a copy on the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work daysOPI intranet. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these A. The Association recognizes that when vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days occur three weeks prior to the filling start of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due year, it may be difficult to a resignation or approved transferfill them from within the district without disruption to the existing instructional program. If the Superintendent, in his reasonable judgment so determines, such vacancies may be filled on a temporary or tentative basis until the end of the current school year at which time the position will be considered vacant. A vacancy shall be defined for the purpose of this agreement as a position unfilled. B. The Board declares its support of a policy of filling vacancies from qualified teaching personnel within the district. Whenever a vacancy arises, the Superintendent shall promptly post notice of such vacancy on a bulletin board in each school, for no less than three weeks before the position is filled and notify the Association in writing that this position is being posted. C. A vacancy exists only when positions exceed current staff and/or employees. The Board reserves the right to transfer employees when the number of employees does not exceed the number of positions available. The Board will consult with the Association president for input prior to transferring employees. Vacancies shall be filled on the following basis: • Experience - number of years in position • Competency - satisfactory performance • Qualifications - educational background, training outside of district and certification and to satisfy highly qualified/ESEA/NCLB regulations. • Length of service in district - total years of service in district • Seniority - total years of continuous service When experience, competency, qualifications and length of service are substantially equal, the applicant with greater seniority shall be selected to fill the vacancy. Any new position shall be posted with an accompanying job closing if a description. The most highly qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the a particular vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within selected by the provisions of Article Xdistrict; however, when in the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 determination of the grievance provisiondistrict, qualifications of both internal and external applicants are equal the internal applicant with the most seniority will be granted the position. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional A. When a vacancy occurs, and administrative positions if the factors distinguishing employees are equal, then length of service or tenure status may be considered a tiebreaker. B. Seniority shall be posted defined as length of service in the district, beginning with the first day of service, including teaching or executive experience, exclusive of layoff and unpaid leave periods which do not provide for experience credit on the District websitesalary schedule upon return to work. Notice of these vacancies During such layoff and/or unpaid leave periods, seniority shall not continue to accrue, but shall be "frozen" from the commencement date to the termination date of the layoff and/or leave(s). Any full-time teacher hired before or during the first semester of a given year will accrue a full year of seniority. Any teacher hired after the first semester on a full-time basis will accrue one half (2) year of seniority. A half time teacher hired during the second semester will receive one fourth (1/4) year credit for the purpose of seniority, but will be granted a 2 step on the salary schedule. Adult education teachers will accumulate seniority on a separate Adult Education seniority schedule. They will not earn seniority on the K-12 seniority schedule. 1. People hired as administrators after July 1, 2004, who are new to the district, shall not be placed on the seniority list. 2. Current administrators shall retain their seniority on the seniority list and are frozen on the seniority list. 3. Teachers from the CAFT bargaining unit who become administrators after June 30, 2004, are frozen on the seniority list at the position at which they left the CAFT bargaining unit. C. Whenever any vacancy in any professional position in the district shall occur, the Board shall publicize the same by giving written notice of such vacancy to the Union and providing for appropriate posting in every school building. No vacancy shall be filled, except in emergency on a temporary basis, until such vacancy shall have been posted for at least 10 calendar days. The Union Secretary or designated replacement should be notified of such vacancies. D. All positions that become available while school is in session must be posted in all school buildings before school is dismissed for the summer. E. All positions that become available in June, July or August shall be emailed to each qualified, currently employed teacher who registers interest with the Superintendent by the last day of the preceding school year and said position will not be filled for a period of five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-countnotification unless the district and union president agree, or during the school year due except on a temporary basis, to provide all teachers with a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior reasonable opportunity to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurapply. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions 18.1 Any vacancy shall be posted on the District website. Notice for a minimum of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work working days prior on two (2) bulletin boards which are reserved for Company notices and postings. The said bulletin boards shall be positioned at conspicuous locations. The Company will forward a copy of the posting of each bargaining unit posted job to the filling President of such the local Union. In the event of an emergency, the time period required by this article may be shortened provided the Union is advised and the Employees have an opportunity to know of the vacancy 18.2 Promotions and transfers to jobs within the bargaining unit shall be based on qualifications established by the Company. Vacancies These qualifications may include: creativity, knowledge, experience, skill, ability, attitude, training and/or education, as well as other relevant factors. If more than one of the applicants satisfactorily meets or exceeds the qualifications, the Company shall award the position to the best applicant. Company seniority will be considered when evaluating applicants. When two (2) or more Employees' qualifications are relatively equal, Company seniority shall apply. If there are no applicant Employees who satisfactorily meet the qualifications established for the position, the Company may hire from any source. 18.3 After being awarded the job, an Employee will be given reasonable assistance and up to sixty (60) calendar days' probation in the new position. During this period, the Company may, if the Employee is unsuitable to be retained in the new classification after the probationary period, return him/her to his/her former classification. During the probationary period, the Employee may elect to return to his/her former classification. On returning to his/her former classification, the time spent out of the classification shall be deemed to be time spent in the classification. At the conclusion of a successful probationary period, the Employee will be advised in writing that his/her promotion has been made permanent. 18.4 At any time during the first thirty (30) calendar days that an Employee has been promoted to a position outside the bargaining unit, the Company may return the Employee to his/her former job, or the Employee may elect to return to his/her former job and, upon his/her return, the time spent out of the classification shall be deemed to be time spent in the classification. 18.5 When an Employee is promoted into a higher-rated job classification, he/she shall immediately move into the higher salary group and receive a salary increase which occur during June, Julyis at least the equivalent of one full increment in his/her former group rounded up to the next highest step in the new group, and August he/she shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week automatically progress upward on the annual or semi-annual anniversary date of his/her promotion to the new group. 18.5.1 An Employee who is "over-scale" or at the top of scale with regard to wages, and who is subsequently promoted shall, in lieu of the beginning of schoolincrement provided for in paragraph 18.5, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior receive an amount equal to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement average increase in his/her former group (i.e. the total difference between the Superintendent start and top rates divided by the ABCE President will be number of steps = average), plus any amount necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with place the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school Employee on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined step in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesnew scale.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for 11.1 Vacancies shall be defined as any bargaining unit position to be filled. The term “promotion” as used in this Article means the advancement of an employee to a higher rated job classification or the same classification and/or pay grade with additional hours of work in such classification and/or pay grade within the bargaining unit. 11.2 A current list of non-instructional and administrative positions vacancies in the Gulf County School system shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted in all schools for at least five (5) work calendar days prior to before the filling of such vacancyapplication deadline. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only If the District is on a four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one day week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfersummer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President position will be necessary advertised for this four (4) calendar days before the application deadline, so interested employees may have an opportunity to occurapply. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President Preference will be necessary given to current employees for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will vacancies. Outside applicants shall not be posted within that school on considered until the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days most qualified employees, if available, as determined by the facility manager, have been interviewed. Seniority of employees interviewed will be considered before a final selection is made. 11.3 During the period of posting, employees, except probationary employees, who wish to apply for the open position, including employees on layoff may do so. The application shall be in writing and on a standard form furnished by the Board and such shall be submitted to the location(s) as may be specified in the notice. 11.4 Nothing contained herein shall be construed to prohibit the Board from filling a vacant position within the same pay grade by administrative transfer with agreement of the employee who is selected for transfer. In the event the Board elects to so fill a vacant position, the posting and selection procedures as described herein shall be applied to the vacancy created by such administrative transfer. A. An employee who is on layoff and applies for a posted vacancy shall be offered the position prior to filling such vacancy. If no one a non-employee, provided the employee is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work daysmost qualified applicant. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within 11.5 In selecting employees for summer jobs, employment shall be offered to employees who: A. Have submitted the provisions of Article Xappropriate application, on or before the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 established deadline. B. Are qualified to perform the duties of the grievance provisionposition. 10.4 Applicants selected 11.6 A notice of the employees recommended for interviews positions shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined included in the district's Process for Granting District CTE CertificatesBoard minutes. 11.7 An employee promoted pursuant to the preceding paragraphs who fails to achieve a satisfactory level of performance within thirty (30) calendar days shall have the right to return to the job from which he/she was promoted.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions vacancies in promotional positions, vacancies not filled by transfers, recall, or by death, retirement, discharge, resignation, or by the creation of a new position, shall be posted on filled pursuant to the District websitefollowing procedures. 1 If the least senior teacher in a targeted discipline is laid off, the Superintendent or her designee can assign the teacher to a vacant position or to a position held by a teacher without professional teacher status if the teacher is licensed for that position. Notice If there are no vacancies and/or positions held by a teacher without professional teacher status, the Superintendent or his/her designee will review the impacted teacher’s certification and will, based upon the needs of these the system, determine in which discipline the bumping will take place. The teacher will bump the least senior teacher in that discipline unless there are teachers in that discipline who are unsatisfactory or needs improvement. In that situation the criteria above will be followed. 1. Such vacancies which occur during the school year shall be posted adequately publicized bythe Superintendent electronically to bargaining unit e-mail addresses provided by the district as far in advance of the appointment as possible, at least five for a period of ten (510) work days prior to the appointment. 2. Qualifications for the position, its duties, and its rate of compensation will be clearly set forth. 3. Teachers who desire to apply for such vacancies shall file their applications in writing with the appropriate hiring authority within the time limit specified by the notice. 4. Candidates from both within and without the school system shall be equally eligible to fill the vacancies. 5. Appointment to such positions shall be on the basis of ability and shall be approved by the Superintendent upon the recommendation of the appropriate hiring authority. The appropriate hiring authority agrees to give due weight to the professional background and attainments of all applicants, the length of time each has been in the school system, and any other relevant factors. If ability and all other factors that the appropriate hiring authority may consider relevant are substantially equal, preference will then be given in the filling of such vacancypositions on the basis of total length of service in the Xxxxxxx Public Schools. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President Appointments will be necessary for this made without regard to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closingrace, with an availablecolor, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occursex, religion, national origin or sexual orientation. 10.2 All openings 6. Positions for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions summer jobs will be posted within that school and applicants will be selected in the same manner as set forth in Paragraph 5 above. 7. Notwithstanding the criteria above, all appointments shall be made based on the ABCE bulletin board and via email Principals’ direction pursuant to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.M.G.L. c. 71 s. 59B.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional A. Whenever a vacancy arises from within or is anticipated, the person in charge of personnel shall post the vacancy within thirty (30) days of the notice and administrative positions shall furnish a copy to the Association President or his/her designee. Whenever any vacancy in an existing, restored or newly created position is to be filled, the vacancy will be posted on the District websitefirst for application by current bargaining unit members. Notice The posting notice shall include a job description, current qualifications, location, hours, weeks of these work and rate of pay. All vacancies shall will be posted at least for a minimum of five (5) work days workdays, and no applicant will be interviewed during the five (5)-day posting period, except for General Aide positions. Any member who has successfully passed the previous secretarial test, prior to the filling implementation of such vacancythe new production test, at either the clerk or secretarial level, or is currently in a clerical position, will be deemed qualified and will be exempt from testing for future clerical postings. B. Upon the expiration of the posting, the internal applicant consideration period will commence. Vacancies which occur No non- bargaining unit applicant will be interviewed or considered for the position at this point. Applications/resumes of external candidates will be not be considered during Junethe internal candidate consideration period, Julyexcept for General Aide positions. Bargaining unit applicants will be interviewed, provided they meet the qualifications set forth in the posting. In the event that the hiring supervisor determines NOT to select the bargaining unit applicants, then she/he will make a personal contact (by telephone or in person) to discuss the basis for the non-selection including feedback for improvement. At this point, applications of external candidates will be made available to the hiring supervisor for interview. The supervisor may hire from the external applicant pool, request external advertising of the position or reconsider a (previously rejected) bargaining unit member. In the event that the position is modified in any respect (including but not limited to qualifications for the position) before it is filled, then the posting/interviewing procedures set forth in paragraphs one (A) and August two (B) of this section will recommence. C. Seniority employees who are selected for a new (i.e., different) bargaining unit position shall be posted considered to be in a probationary placement for only four the first forty (440) work daysworkdays. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled At any time prior to the expiration of the forty (40) day period, the employee may be administratively replaced in her/his previous position, and/or she/he may opt to return to her/his previous position. During the probationary placement period, the employee shall continue to enjoy all applicable benefits of the collective bargaining agreement (i.e., the employee shall not be considered to be a new probationary hire). D. Postings for Food Service Assistant shall be filled by seniority from within the current Food Service division at the time of posting (i.e., the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior awarded to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicantmost senior Food Service Employee who applied). Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary The forty (40) day probationary period shall apply. Current food service employees wishing to apply for this another food service assistant opportunity need only submit a letter of interest in response to occura posting. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative A. Vacant positions in the bargaining unit shall be posted on in a designated place in each of the District website. Notice school buildings in the district as well as electronically for employees for a minimum of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior working days. A copy of each posting shall be sent to the filling Association President. A vacancy shall be defined as: 1. Newly created positions (i.e., Teacher Assistant time in newly created programs) 2. A block of such vacancyat least two (2) contiguous hours or more per day (ten (10) hours or more per week) needs to be posted. Vacancies If the change is less than two (2) hours per day the assignment can be made by the building administrator. If it cannot be filled in the building, then it must be posted. Positions will not be awarded if a conflict exists with currently scheduled hours. 3. A position vacated by a Teacher Assistant and/or Health Care Assistant which occur during Junethe Employer intends to fill. Between August 15 and September 15 of each school year, Julyunfilled vacancies shall be considered as hours for assignment in the initial assignment process outlined in Article 5 - Working Hours, Assignments, and August Conditions of Employment, Section E and will not be posted. Unless a schedule conflict prevents it, the hours of presently employed bargaining unit members within a building by position, Teacher Assistant and/or Health Care Assistant will be offered an increase of hours on a qualifications basis before additional bargaining unit members are hired provided the bargaining unit member is qualified for the additional work. Bargaining unit members will not be given additional hours if it would put them into an overtime situation. Positions which are expected to exist not longer than ninety (90) working days shall be considered as "temporary" and need not be posted nor does the person filling the position become a member of the bargaining unit. If, however, the position is either expected to exist longer than ninety (90) work days, or, in fact, does exist longer than ninety (90) work days, it shall be posted as a vacancy. B. Vacancies within the bargaining unit shall be filled on the basis of qualifications. For purposes of interpretation, where qualifications are essentially equal between applicants, seniority will prevail. It is the employee’s responsibility to maintain and update their training and experience. Job Qualifications documentation/resumes shall be provided to the Human Resources office when employees apply for only four vacancies. The Association President will receive notification of which applicant, whether internal or external, has been selected to fill a vacancy. C. When an employee changes positions, the employee shall be given up to a ten (410) workday trial, in which to show his/her ability to perform on the new job. The District will provide reasonable assistance to enable the employee to perform up to the employer’s standards on the new position. If the employee is unable to demonstrate ability to perform the work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or required at any time during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfertrial period, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” employee shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior returned to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicanthis/her previous assignment or laid off. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews Reasonable assistance shall be from shadowing, orientation, reviews of current student plans, initiation; however nothing herein shall require the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan employer to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesprovide previously offered training.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional 20.1 The filling of vacancies and administrative new positions within the Lincoln School System is the responsibility of the Superintendent acting upon the recommendation and the advice of the Principal. 20.2 Whenever a vacancy occurs in an established position, or a new position is created within the bargaining unit, notice shall be posted on the District websitefaculty bulletin board for at least ten (10) school days in advance of the appointment. Notice of these vacancies Postings will be made before or concurrently with publicly advertised positions. During the summer vacation periods, electronic notices shall be posted sent concurrently with publicly advertised positions at least five ten (510) work working days prior in advance of the appointment to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week Co-Presidents of the beginning of school, within one week after LTA and by posting such vacancies on the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or district employment webpage. An opening occurring during the school year due or on or after August 15th prior to a resignation or approved transfer, the commencement of the school year may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between by the Superintendent and without posting as set forth above on a temporary basis for the ABCE President will be necessary remainder of the school year. In such instances, if the position remains in effect for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” the subsequent school year, it shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occuras set forth above. 10.2 20.3 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on such notices shall set forth the ABCE bulletin board specifications, qualifications, and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions range of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required compensation for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using and the High Objective Uniform State Standard date by which an application must be filed with the Superintendent. 20.4 All teachers shall have an opportunity to apply for such positions. 20.5 The filling of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan vacancies shall be based upon the Superintendent's judgment as to qualify must meet what will best serve the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match interests of the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined students in the district's Process for Granting District CTE CertificatesLincoln School System. The Superintendent shall give due consideration to professional background, attainments and other relevant attributes of all applicants. 20.6 In making appointments, the Superintendent agrees to comply with the statutory prohibitions against discrimination.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or A. Whenever any vacancy in a professional position occurs during the school year due (September to June), it will be adequately publicized by the Superintendent by means of a resignation or approved transfernotice placed on the Association bulletin board in every school as far in advance of the appointment as possible. During the summer months, may notices of vacancies will be filled placed on the Rockport School Committee’s website. An employee who wishes to receive said notices by mail shall leave self-addressed envelopes with the Superintendent’s office prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is availableend of the school year. Agreement between In both situations, the Superintendent qualifications for the position, its duties and the ABCE President rate of compensation, will be necessary clearly set forth. The qualifications set forth for this to occur. Vacancies that a particular position will not be changed when such future vacancies occur unless the Association has been notified in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent advance of such changes and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancyreasons therefore. If no one is chosen from that school, then the No vacancy will be advertised county wide for filled, except on a temporary basis, within ten (10) days from the date the notice is posted in the schools or the giving of notification to the Association, except in the situation where the Superintendent shall determine an additional five emergency exists at which time he/she may waive the ten (510) work daysdays to a twenty-four (24) hour notification period of vacancy. The decision of the Superintendent in determining an emergency shall be subject to Article III, the grievance procedure. 10.3 If positions B. All qualified teachers will be given adequate opportunity to make application for such positions, and all Rockport teachers who apply and are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertisedwill be granted an interview. Qualified: Anyone using The Principal and/or Superintendent agree to give due weight to the High Objective Uniform State Standard professional background and attainments of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan all applicants, the length of time each has been in the school system and other relevant factors. The right and obligation of the Principal and/or Superintendent under the law to qualify must meet fill vacancies according to its best judgment and consistent with the criteria outlined in School Board policy terms and match conditions of the certification required for statutes of the Commonwealth, are hereby reaffirmed. C. In filling summer school and evening school positions, the best qualified available individuals will be employed. In situations where a Rockport teacher is equally well qualified, he/she will be given preference. D. Whenever a new position is created the Committee shall notify the Association and will, upon request, discuss whether the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required is appropriate to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification Unit A within fourteen (non-transferable14) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet days after said request of the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE CertificatesAssociation.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and A. Whenever a vacancy occurs in any administrative positions position covered by this Agreement, it shall be posted on and otherwise adequately publicized by the District websiteSuperintendent. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which Such posting and other publicity must occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy beginning of the vacancy in the administrative position and shall continue for at least two weeks thereafter. B. The qualifications for the vacant position, its duties and responsibilities, and its base salary shall be clearly set forth in the posting and other publicity for the position. C. All Administrators will be provided with an adequate opportunity to apply for such administrative vacancies and the School Committee shall give due weight to the professional background and attainments of all of the Administrator-applicants, the length of time that each has been employed in the Xxxx Public Schools and other relevant factors. D. If the qualifications of two or more Administrator-applicants for the same position are substantially equal and if there is no non-Administrator- applicant with clearly superior qualifications, the Administrator-applicant with the greatest seniority shall be recommended to the School Committee by the Superintendent to fill the vacant position. If the qualifications of an Administrator-applicant and a non-Administrator-applicant for the same position are substantially equal, the Administrator-applicant shall be recommended to the School Committee by the Superintendent to fill the vacant position. In each of the foregoing situations, the determination of relative qualifications shall be made in the discretion of the Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during which discretion shall be exercised in an appropriate manner. E. Permanent appointments to vacant administrative positions shall be made no later than by the end of the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, in which the vacancy occurs. Such vacancies may be filled prior to by a temporary acting appointment until such time as a permanent appointment is made, provided that such a temporary acting appointment may not continue beyond the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between end of the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur school year in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then which the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work daysoccurred. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional SECTION 1 For purposes of this Article, a "promotional position" is defined as any position paying a salary differential over and administrative above that of a classroom teacher, including those positions shall be posted on in the District websitecentral office or those listed in Schedule B, C, or D, or any position in Unit B, as defined by the Massachusetts Labor Relations Commission, Case No. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the MCR-484. SECTION 2 The filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur promotional positions within one week the Needham Public Schools is the responsibility of the beginning Superintendent following the review and approval of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or Principal's recommendation. SECTION 3 Whenever a vacancy occurs in a promotional position during the school year due (September to a resignation or approved transferJune), may it will be filled prior publicized by means of the electronic personnel conference as soon as the vacancy occurs. During the months of July and August, notice of such vacancy will be conveyed directly to the job closing if a qualified applicant is availablePresident of the Needham Education Association or his/her designee. Agreement between In the event these procedures are not followed, the positions will be reopened and publicized as set forth above. SECTION 4 All such notices shall set forth those specifications, qualifications, and compensation for the position and the date by which application shall be filed with the Superintendent. SECTION 5 Advancements or promotions shall be based upon the Superintendent's judgment as to what will best serve the interests of the students, and the Superintendent will give due consideration to the professional background (attainment), knowledge, ability, skill, efficiency, attendance, physical condition, general health, and personality of the ABCE President applicants. Whenever the above factors are equal in the judgment of the Superintendent, the applicant with the longest tenure of employment in the Needham Public Schools will be necessary for this advanced or promoted. It is recognized that the final decision as to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance promotions must rest with the contract but may Superintendent. All applicants will be filled prior to notified of the job closingdisposition of their applications. The administration will continue its practice of discussing his/her application, on a confidential basis, with an availableindividual, certified and qualified applicant. upon his/her request. SECTION 6 Nothing in this Agreement between shall prevent the Superintendent and or the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed administration from making acting appointments in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 best interests of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews educational needs of the system until positions can be filled with permanent appointments. Time spent in such acting appointments shall not be from the pool regarded as evidence of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required superior qualifications for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatespermanent openings.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 A. All openings vacancies and newly created positions on the secretarial staff will be posted by the Personnel Office and a copy sent to each member of the Association. This includes any position of more than four (4) weeks duration regardless of the number of hours worked, but does not include student help. All postings will be reviewed with the BSA President before being posted. B. When vacancies occur, the Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources will notify the Association President within two business days of such vacancies. The position will be posted internally for instructional not less than 5 days and administrative positions consideration given to members of the Bedford Secretarial Association wishing to transfer to the vacated position. All secretaries applying within the posted period will be granted an interview. All applicants from within the system shall be posted on interviewed within ten (10) working days of the District websiteending of the posting period. Notice Awarding of these vacancies the vacant position will occur within 5 days of the last interview. If the internal applicant(s) is not selected for the position, they shall be sent a written explanation from the Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources stating the reason(s) they were not selected. In the event no BSA member applies within the posted time, or is accepted following internal interviews, external applications will be accepted and candidates interviewed no sooner than 72 hours after the completion of internal interviews. C. No vacancy shall be filled, except on a temporary basis in case of emergency, until such vacancy shall have been posted at least five (5) work school days prior to from the filling date of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or distribution during the school year due and within seven (7) calendar days from the date of distribution during the non-school months. In the event an employee is absent during the posting period, and desires to apply for the vacancy, the Union President or designee may submit an application on the employee's behalf during the five (5) day posting period. D. A regular employee temporarily assigned to a resignation position in a higher classification shall be paid at the appropriate step and classification for the position to which she/he is temporarily assigned. 1. When the employer chooses to temporarily assign an employee to a position in a higher classification, she/he shall perform all duties/responsibilities of that respective position. 2. Before receiving compensation at the higher rate, the employee temporarily assigned to a position in a higher classification shall be assigned in that position a minimum of two (2) or approved more consecutive hours. 3. This section is applicable only when an employee is temporarily assigned to a position of higher classification to replace, not assist/help/aid the secretary in a higher classification, in which case no additional compensation will be granted as assisting others is an expectation of the job. E. Notification of all appointments shall be sent to each member of the Association by the President of the Association/Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources following the appointment. F. Any probationary employee or regular employee may not make formal application on another District Bedford Secretarial Association position/vacancy until six (6) calendar months in the current position. Special or unusual circumstances may exist, whereby mutual consent of the employee and employer may grant special approval. G. The parties recognize the importance of providing training to secretaries who accept new positions within the District. The Board agrees that when a secretary transfers to a new position, the supervising administrators will work cooperatively to ensure a smooth transition. Within the first thirty (30) days after the transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President new secretary will be necessary for this given the opportunity to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance train with the contract but may be filled prior to secretary who previously held the job closingposition whenever practical on an as needed basis. Upon conclusion of the first thirty (30) days, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President training will be necessary for this to occuraddressed whenever necessary. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed H. No employee will be involuntarily transferred except in Appendix D critical or other extra-compensated emergency situations. I. Current BSA positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five when there is a change in job classification and/or an increase/decrease of one (51) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work dayshour or more. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within J. At the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 outset of the school year, all part-time and less than 12 month bargaining unit employees shall sign a list indicating an interest in receiving additional hours. (This shall include Summer Hours). Interested members shall be called by the District by seniority order and must be available to work the entire position for that day (no split assignments). This section shall be subject to the grievance provisionprocedure up to the mediation step, but shall not be eligible for appeal to arbitration. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold K. If a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the current BSA position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Readingis occupied, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying it is posted for positions any reason, that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold member holding that certification prior position must bid on that position to being selected for an interview but must meet retain her right to the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesposition, if so desired.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative 1. When vacancies occur in positions, notice of such positions shall be posted on circulated by the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5Executive Director(s) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, Julyall Site/Service Administrator, and August shall be posted for only four seven (47) work dayscalendar days in each building in which the SCEC employees are assigned. Vacancies that occur within one week Outside advertising of the beginning vacancy may also be done, in the exclusive discretion of schoolthe Executive Director(s). In an emergency and with the consent of the Union President, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or necessity to post during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, July and August may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is availablewaived. 2. Agreement between the Superintendent Qualifications, requirements, duties, and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” other pertinent information shall be advertised set forth in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurnotice. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D 3. Any vacancy or other extra-compensated positions will promotion shall be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email open to all current, qualified employees and applications of qualified, current staff at that school site where employees shall be reviewed. 4. In filling a vacancy or making a promotion, the opening occurs at least five (5Executive Director(s) work days prior to filling such vacancywill consider the qualifications of the applicants. The Executive Director(s) will also consider the factors as described in Article T, Section 6. If no one it is chosen from determined by the Board or its designee that schoola current employee(s) is/are as qualified as any outside applicant, then the vacancy most senior employee/applicant, as defined in Article T, Section 6 will be advertised county wide given preference. Exclusive discretion for an additional five (5) work daysthese decisions rest with the Board and its designees, and these decisions shall not be arbitrary or capricious. 10.3 If positions 5. In filling vacancies beyond the regular work year, such as summer school, evening school, or federally funded programs, current employees will be given the same consideration as described above in this article. 6. All postings must have a closing date no more than twenty-one (21) calendar days from the date of the original posting, unless otherwise agreed upon. Postings will be refreshed on a biweekly basis on any advertising sites and internal emails. 7. In cases where vacancies are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article Xfilled by internal candidates, the Association may file a grievance employee will begin work at Step 2 his/her new position no later than one (1) month from the closing date of the grievance provisionposting for that position, unless mutually agreed upon among the employee and administrator(s), to extend the time due to the needs of the program(s). 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings A. The COMMITTEE and the ASSOCIATION agree that professional advancement within the system is desirable and that teachers within the system should be encouraged to apply for instructional and administrative positions shall be posted on advancement. Therefore, the District websiteparties agree as follows: 1. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or Whenever a vacancy occurs during the school year due to a resignation or approved transferfor any position requiring certification, may it will be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between adequately publicized by the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school by means of a notice placed on the ABCE teachers’ bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that in every school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 as far in advance of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants onlyappointment as possible. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required The qualifications for the position being advertisedand its duties will be set forth with reasonable clarity. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan All qualified teachers will be given adequate opportunity to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required apply for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Readingpositions, and Giftedthe COMMITTEE agrees to give due weight to the professional background and attainments of all applicants. 2. Exception: Applicants applying Notification of all vacancies occurring during the summer months will be given to the ASSOCIATION President or his/her designee. All teachers will be given a form at the close of the school year in order to indicate to the administration and the ASSOCIATION their interest in filling possible vacancies that occur during the summer months. 3. A representative of the ASSOCIATION and the Central Administration will cooperate to inform potential candidates of said vacancies. B. Appointments will be made without regard to race, creed, color, religion, nationality, age, sex, marital status, sexual orientation, disability, or veteran’s status. C. All applicants will be given written notification of the Superintendent’s recommendation for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior filling vacancies pursuant to being selected this Article. D. A vacancy exists for an interview but must meet purposes of posting only after the minimum criteria outlined School Committee has met its obligations pursuant to state law and/or the provision of Article XXI. Transfers, except as provided for in the district's Process for Granting District CTE CertificatesArticle IX Section F. may only take place when there is a vacancy.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 Section 1. The following procedures will be followed in the posting and filling of vacant or newly created permanent positions. The purpose of this system is to inform Investigators of vacancies and newly created positions and to afford Investigators, who are interested and who feel they qualify, an equal opportunity to apply for the vacant or newly created position. It is understood that newly hired Investigators and Investigators on a leave of absence for any reason may not have the same period of notice as other Investigators concerning position vacancies. Subsection 1. All openings newly vacated or created Investigator positions will first be filled through the consideration of internal lateral transfers among bargaining unit members who are in a permanent status. Bargaining unit members who are temporary (2-18- 101(26) (a, b, c, d, e), MCA, probationary, under a training assignment, or a corrective action plan are not eligible for instructional transfer. Bargaining unit members are eligible to request transfers if they have completed their probationary periods and/or training assignments and administrative are not under a corrective action plan. Subsection 2. When a vacant or newly created permanent position is to be filled, the Employer shall provide notice to all bargaining unit members. The notice shall state whether the position is open for transfer or selection, where interested Investigators must submit application/transfer requests, the closing date for submittals, and the minimum qualifications. If no eligible permanent status employees are interested in the vacancy, then at management's discretion, other sources of applications may be considered for the vacancy. Subsection 3. The Employer will ensure that all such applications be considered in the selection process. Members in the bargaining units who are unsuccessful applicants shall be so notified upon completion of the selection process. Subsection 4. All positions in the bargaining unit, and those positions that immediately follow in a logical ladder shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within per the provisions of this Article X, the Association may file a grievance for at Step 2 of the grievance provisionleast seven calendar days. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 A. All openings vacancies and newly created positions on the secretarial staff will be posted by Human Resources & Labor Relations and a copy sent to each member of the Association. This includes any position of more than four (4) weeks duration regardless of the number of hours worked. All postings will be reviewed with the BSA President before being posted. 9 This article was negotiated in exchange for instructional a 1.5% wage increase to Schedule A (Effective 3/2/18). B. When all vacancies occur, the Executive Director of Human Resources & Labor Relations will notify the Association President within two (2) business days of such vacancies and administrative positions the vacant position will be posted within five (5) business days unless the parties agree otherwise. The position may be posted internally, or simultaneously both internally and externally, for not less than five (5) business days. Interviews will be offered first to applicants from the Bedford Secretarial Association (BSA) that meet the minimum qualifications and such interviews will be scheduled within ten (10) business days from the close of the posting. Awarding of the vacant position to the internal applicant will occur within five (5) business days of the last interview to the more senior applicant provided she/he is determined to be the best qualified. Remaining internal applicant(s) not selected for the position, shall be posted on sent a written explanation from the District website. Notice Executive Director of these vacancies Human Resources & Labor Relations stating the reason(s) they were not the best qualified within five (5) business days. C. Copies of letters of interest and non-selection shall be placed in the employee’s OPF. D. In the event no BSA member applies or is selected for the vacancy, external applications will be considered and candidates interviewed no sooner than five (5) business days after the close of the internal selection process, if applicable. E. No vacancy shall be filled, except on a temporary basis in case of emergency, until such vacancy shall have been posted at least five (5) work school days prior to from the filling date of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or distribution during the school year due and within seven (7) calendar days from the date of distribution during the non-school months. In the event an employee is absent during the posting period, and desires to apply for the vacancy, the Union President or designee may submit an application on the employee’s behalf during the five (5) day posting period. F. A regular employee temporarily assigned to a resignation position in a higher classification shall be paid at the appropriate step and classification for the position to which she/he is temporarily assigned. 1. When the employer chooses to temporarily assign an employee to a position in a higher classification, she/he shall perform all duties/responsibilities of that respective position. 2. Before receiving compensation at the higher rate, the employee temporarily assigned to a position in a higher classification shall be assigned in that position a minimum of two (2) or approved more consecutive hours. 3. This section is applicable only when an employee is temporarily assigned to a position of higher classification to replace, not assist/help/aid the secretary in a higher classification, in which case no additional compensation will be granted as assisting others is an expectation of the job. G. Notification of all appointments shall be sent to each member of the Association by the President of the Association/Executive Director of Human Resources & Labor Relations following the appointment. H. Any probationary employee or regular employee may not make formal application on another District Bedford Secretarial Association position/vacancy until six (6) calendar months in the current position. Special or unusual circumstances may exist, whereby mutual consent of the employee and employer may grant special approval. I. The parties recognize the importance of providing training to secretaries who accept new positions within the District. J. The Board agrees that when a secretary transfers to a new position, the supervising administrators will work cooperatively to ensure a smooth transition. Within the first thirty (30) days after the transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President new secretary will be necessary for this given the opportunity to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance train with the contract but may be filled prior to secretary who previously held the job closingposition whenever practical on an as needed basis. K. Upon conclusion of the first thirty (30) days, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President training will be necessary for this to occuraddressed whenever necessary. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed L. No employee will be involuntarily transferred except in Appendix D critical or other extra-compensated emergency situations. M. Current BSA positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five when there is a change in job classification, and/or an increase/decrease of one (51) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work dayshour or more. 10.3 N. If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the current BSA position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Readingis occupied, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying it is posted for positions any reason, that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold member holding that certification prior position must bid on that position to being selected for an interview but must meet retain her/his right to the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesposition, if so desired.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 Section 1. The following procedures will be followed in the posting and filling of vacant or newly created permanent positions. The purpose of this system is to inform Investigators of vacancies and newly created positions and to afford Investigators, who are interested and who feel they qualify, an equal opportunity to apply for the vacant or newly created position. It is understood that newly hired Investigators and Investigators on a leave of absence for any reason may not have the same period of notice as other Investigators concerning position vacancies. Subsection 1. All openings newly vacated or created Investigator positions will first be filled through the consideration of internal lateral transfers among bargaining unit members who are in a permanent status. Bargaining unit members who are temporary (2-18- 101(26) (a, b, c, d, e), MCA, probationary, under a training assignment, or a corrective action plan are not eligible for instructional transfer. Bargaining unit members are eligible to request transfers if they have completed their probationary periods and/or training assignments and administrative are not under a corrective action plan. Subsection 2. When a vacant or newly created permanent position is to be filled, the Employer shall provide notice to all bargaining unit members. The notice shall state whether the position is open for transfer or selection, where interested Investigators must submit application/transfer requests, the closing date for submittals, and the minimum qualifications. If no eligible permanent status employees are interested in Subsection 3. The Employer will ensure that all such applications be considered in the selection process. Members in the bargaining units who are unsuccessful applicants shall be so notified upon completion of the selection process. Subsection 4. All positions in the bargaining unit, and those positions that immediately follow in a logical ladder shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within per the provisions of this Article Xfor at least seven calendar days. However, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan Article 13 will not apply to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined included in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesunit.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings A. For the purpose of this article, a vacancy shall be defined for instructional purposes of this Agreement as a position presently unfilled, a position currently filled but which will be open in the future or a newly created position. A position shall include teacher, Schedule A-2 positions, administrator and administrative supervisor. B. During the school year, notices of all vacancies and newly created positions shall be prominently posted on the District school's website, in Teacher Study Centers and Principals' offices, in each school or department, for not less than ten (10) calendar days prior to the closing date for filing applications as soon as the vacancy or new position is determined to exist. Notice Vacancies will also be sent to teachers electronically through the school's e-mail system. No position shall be filled except in case of these emergency and on a temporary basis until such vacancy shall have been posted for at least ten (10) calendar days. The time for posting vacancies shall be posted at least shortened from ten (10) calendar days to five (5) work calendar days for the months of August and September only. Notices of vacancies and newly created positions shall include academic and experience requirements, personal skills, responsibilities of the position, the date the position is to be open and instructions for filing application. In the event a vacancy occurs during the school year, the Board shall have the right to: 1. post the vacancy and fill it in accordance with this section; 2. fill the vacancy through the recall of a laid off staff member, or 3. fill the vacancy and any resulting vacancies pursuant to this section to be effective at the start of the next semester/trimester. C. All teachers during summer break will receive notice of administrative, teaching and schedule A-2 vacancies electronically through the school's e-mail system. D. Extra-curricular positions are filled on a yearly basis. If a teacher is not to be re-hired for an extra- curricular position, he shall be notified in writing at least ten (10) calendar days in advance of the posting of the vacancy. Any teacher not desiring to continue in an extra-curricular position, shall notify the Board in writing by June 1 of the current year. E. A teacher may apply for any open position for which he/she is certified and deemed highly qualified as defined by the State, at any time. Such application should be in writing, addressed to the Superintendent of Schools. Applications must be renewed annually. It shall be the administration's responsibility to describe newly created positions and to discuss the qualifications of vacated positions with candidates. Teachers are encouraged to apply for any position for which they are certified and deemed highly qualified as defined by the State, if qualifications and abilities are equal in the opinion of the administration, preference will be given to teachers currently in the school system and those with the longest service in the system. F. In filling vacancies to administrative positions, the Board shall consider the professional qualifications, background, attainments and service in the school district of all applicants. The parties recognize that, while the Board will continue to adhere to its practice of promotions from within its own teaching staff, the filling of vacancies of a promotional or administrative nature is a prerogative of the Board and the decision of the Board will be final. G. Any teacher not desiring to continue in a teaching position, shall notify the Board of Education, in writing, thirty (30) days prior to leaving the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurposition. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative Section 1: Written notice of all vacancies which shall occur in positions covered by this Agreement shall be posted on the District websitedistrict’s website and on an electronic application website designated by the district. One time per week, an electronic notice of new vacancies shall be emailed to all members of the Association through their school-based email account. Such notice shall be given as soon as possible after the occurrence of any such vacancy. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five on the district’s website and on any electronic application website designated by the district. a. The said written notice of vacant positions shall indicate the position and the date within which applications should be filed with the Superintendent. Except in the case of emergency, such date shall not be less than seven (57) work days prior from the date of the emailing of the notice, as described above. Employees who desire to apply for any such position vacancy shall submit their applications in writing to the filling of such Superintendent within the time limit specified in the notice announcing the vacancy. Vacancies Notice of vacant positions shall indicate the position and the date within which occur during Juneapplications should be filed with the Superintendent. Except in the case of emergency, July, and August such date shall not be posted for only four less than seven (47) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week days from the date of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior posting. b. In addition to the job closing if a qualified applicant is availablegiving of notice in the manner indicated above, the Committee may give notice of vacant positions and seek applicants in such other ways as it considers necessary. c. In filling vacancies for promotional positions, the Committee will give primary consideration to the applicant's qualifications for the position. Agreement between Where in the Superintendent and opinion of the ABCE President Committee, the qualifications of applicants are substantially equal, preference will be necessary given to employees of the Committee on the basis of their seniority as such employees. Promotional positions shall include all positions in the bargaining unit which afford an employee the opportunity to receive a higher rate of compensation. In filling vacancies for this non-promotional positions, the Committee will give consideration to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised the desires of the applicant and to the needs of the School Department. Section 2: Position vacancies announced in accordance with the contract but may provisions of this Article shall normally be filled prior within sixty (60) days after notice of the vacancy is posted. Written notice of the filling of any such vacant position will be given to all employees who have made written application for the position. Section 3: The decisions of the Committee made hereunder in filling vacant positions shall not be subject to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for Grievance Procedure set forth in Article V of this to occurAgreement. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings A. A "vacancy" shall be defined as a newly created position within the bargaining unit or a present position within the bargaining unit that is unoccupied by reason of the permanent separation (by resignation, death, discharge, retirement, etc.) of the employee formerly in the position. No "vacancy" shall exist for instructional purposes of this article unless and administrative positions until the Board, in its sole discretion, shall determine to fill any such position. Whenever a vacancy in the bargaining unit arises or is anticipated, the position shall be posted on the District websiteAssociation bulletin board. Notice The Board agrees to notify the Association President when a position is being eliminated. The Board agrees that it is desirable in filling vacancies in the bargaining unit, to do so by actively considering each request from within its own ancillary staff. The Superintendent or his designee shall give written notice to the Association President when the position is filled. Any vacancy not filled will continue to be posted. {Section 15(3)(j) of these vacancies PERA makes placement of teachers a prohibited subject of bargaining.} B. Nothing herein shall prevent the Board from making temporary assignments of personnel from applicants who are not currently under contract with the Manistee Intermediate School District, and when choosing to permanently fill such temporary assignments the Board shall not be limited to applicants from within the bargaining unit or to the persons temporarily assigned to such positions. When the terms and conditions of employment for the temporary assignment meet the criteria for regularly employed as defined in article 1(A)(2), then the board shall document a reasonable effort to find and hire a certified person to fill the position. If a suitable person cannot be found within one year from the date of temporary employment, then the time limit may be extended by mutual agreement between the association and the board. C. Whenever a supervisory vacancy arises or is anticipated, the position shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior on the Association bulletin board. The Superintendent or his/her designee shall give written notice to the filling Association President when the position is filled. D. If a vacancy occurs during the school year, the Board shall have the right to fill the vacancy on an interim basis until the end of such vacancy. Vacancies the school year, at which occur during June, July, and August time it shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be and filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with this article. Further, in the contract but may be filled prior event an ancillary staff employee on layoff status is qualified for a vacancy, the Board shall have the right to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then fill the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five by recalling the laid off ancillary staff member. (5Section 15(3)(k) work daysof XXXX makes xxxxxx and recall of teachers a prohibited subject. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.)

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings A. Whenever a vacancy arises or is anticipated, the Board shall publicize the same, giving written notice and qualifications of such vacancy to the Association President or designee and provide for instructional and administrative positions appropriate posting in every building. No vacancy shall be filled, except in case of emergency on a temporary basis, until such vacancy has been posted on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted for at least five ten (510) work working days prior to the filling of such vacancyin every building. Vacancies Vacancies, which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one after the second week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfersemester, may be filled for the remainder of the semester with a substitute until the beginning of the next semester. Vacancies, which occur later than July 1st and before the beginning of the school year, shall be filled at the discretion of the District and shall not be subject to the grievance procedure. Required posting time of the vacancy shall be 10 working days until 2 weeks before the beginning of the school year and then shall be reduced to two (2) working days. Should a qualified teacher apply for the position within the appropriate posting period and be denied the position only because the proximity to the opening of school is deemed disruptive by the District, the District will guarantee the bargaining unit member the position for the following year, provided the position exists and the transfer does not cause a layoff. This transfer is not subject to the provisions of Article VII, Section C. Vacancies, which occur prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President this, will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with filled by the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an availablemost seniored, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between member applying, unless the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurDistrict has good cause. 10.2 All openings B. Any qualified teacher may apply for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one All Association members, including teachers laid off or on leave who make application for such vacancies, shall have a personal interview if requested. When considering a request for a transfer, it is chosen from agreed that schoolall vacancies should be filled with the most qualified and certified staff member, and if these two criteria are relatively equal, then the most senior staff member will fill the vacancy unless the district has good reason. C. Whenever vacancies occur during the summer months when regular school is not in session, the following procedures, in addition to the procedures heretofore outlined, shall be followed: 1. Posting will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work daysmade at the Superintendent's office. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, 2. Notification will be sent to the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provisionPresident or designee. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews 3. Teachers with special interests in possible vacancies may notify the Personnel Office or Director of their interests, in writing, during the last regular week of school and shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold include a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatessummer address.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative a) Notices of vacancies or new positions shall be posted placed on all civic Union bulletin boards for seven (7) calendar days and a copy thereof delivered to the District websiteUnion. Notice Copies of these such bulletins, and applications in response thereto, shall be held by the City for not less than sixty (60) days from issue date of the bulletin. b) If vacancies occur in the classifications coming within the bargaining scope of the Union, or if the City introduces new classifications, such vacancies shall be posted at least five bulletined within thirty (530) work days prior and filled within sixty (60) days of the vacancy occurring. The City will inform the Union of the reason in writing before it postpones or cancels a bulletin. However, the foregoing shall in no way be considered as binding the City to filling any position or classification which it is the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August City's desire to discontinue. c) Applications shall be posted for only four (4accepted from interested employees. d) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week Selection of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” applicants shall be advertised in accordance with made by the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurBranch Manager or designate. 10.2 All openings e) In selecting an applicant, seniority shall be the governing factor, providing the applicant possesses the qualifications for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such position vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy is not filled as a result of the above, further consideration shall be given to other employees in the bargaining unit. f) When a vacancy is filled, the Union shall be notified of the selection at the same time as the successful applicant is advised. Should the City delay in placing the successful applicant in the vacancy beyond sixty (60) days after the position has been accepted the City shall pay the successful applicant at the new rate of pay provided the new rate is higher. g) Employees promoted or transferred to another position shall be on probation in the new position for a period of three (3) months' accumulated work time. The probationary period may be extended upon agreement between the parties. The equivalent extension shall apply to reversion rights for the affected employee. The employee will be advertised county wide for returned to the position formerly held within this time without loss of seniority if not considered capable by the City or if the employee so requests. A return at the request of an additional five employee will be considered only once in a two (52) work daysyear period, except in cases mutually agreed to by the parties. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article Xh) Notwithstanding clause g) above, the Association City may file a grievance at Step 2 of retain the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected employee in the new position for interviews up to ninety (90) days after the employee requests to be returned to the position formerly held. If the employee is returned to the position formerly held, the City shall be place the next senior qualified applicant from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for previous selection process into the position being advertisedvacancy. Qualified: Anyone using Other employees promoted or transferred as a consequence of an original promotion or transfer shall also be returned to their original position. For the High Objective Uniform State Standard purpose of Evaluation determining the probationary period for regular employment with the City, the three (HOUSSE3) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers month probationary period as may also be required to "qualify" be served for qualifying for promotion, shall also be considered as part of the probationary period for regular employment. i) When incumbents of senior positions by holding additional endorsements give sufficient notice of intent to retire, such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions pending vacancy shall be bulletined three (3) months in advance of such retirement in order that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior the employee being promoted or transferred to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatessenior position may have sufficient training.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings (a) Whenever a new position in the bargaining unit or a position calling for instructional a higher rate of pay becomes available during the school year (September to June), it will be adequately publicized by the Superintendent through placement in a binder located in each school and administrative positions shall posting on the Hanover Schools website. A new position does not include the temporary vacancy of a teaching position, which can be filled by a substitute or other teacher. During the months of July and August, written notice of any such new position will be given to the Association whose responsibility it will be to notify the members of the bargaining unit. In addition, such position will be posted on the District Hanover Schools website. Notice The teacher must then file a request with the Superintendent in writing in order to be considered. In both situations, the qualifications for the position, its duties, and the rate of these vacancies shall compensation will be posted at least five clearly set forth. All bargaining unit applicants not receiving the promotion or transfer will be notified in writing within a week after the Superintendent’s action. (5b) work days prior All qualified teachers will be given opportunity to make written application for such positions and the Superintendent agrees to give due weight to the filling professional background and attainments of such vacancyall applicants. Vacancies which occur during JuneIf a vacancy occurs on or before June 30, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the Superintendent agrees to fill the position no later than the beginning of schoolthe following school year. If a vacancy occurs after June 30, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during position will be filled no later than the beginning of the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to following the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurnext school year. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed (c) Vacancies in Appendix D or other extra-compensated nurse positions will be posted within that school on adequately publicized by the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancySuperintendent. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy All qualified nurses will be advertised county wide given opportunity to make written application for an additional five (5) work dayssuch positions and the Superintendent agrees to give due weight to the professional background and attainment of all applicants. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions A. A vacancy shall be defined as any position, either newly created or a present position,that is not filled. A position that is open or is created during the school year and the District determines that the position will continue into the next school year will be filled per the provisions of this Article. A position that is open or is created during the school year and is determined by the district to be a position only for the school year, will be filled by a temporary employee for the remainder of the current school year. If this position subsequently continues into the next school year, it will be posted and filled per this Article, with the temporary employee guaranteed an interview for the position. An interim unfilled position due to the layoff procedure shall not be construed as a vacancy. An interim unfilled position due to an employee transferring to another position within the bargaining unit shall not be construed as a vacancy during the trial period. B. Whenever any vacancy for a position covered under this Agreement shall occur from September through June, the Board shall publicize the same by giving written notice of such vacancy to be posted in every school building and Central Office. Vacancies occurring during the months of July and August shall be publicized on the District websitedistrict jobline and webpage, as well as posted in Central Office. Notice Upon posting a vacancy, as outlined above, the position shall remain vacant for a minimum of these vacancies shall five (5) working days. Any position may be filled on a temporary or emergency basis while posting or notice requirements are being satisfied. Vacancies that occur within the two (2) weeks prior to the opening of school may be posted at least the discretion of the district. Any transfer request letters from unit members on file as of June 1 shall receive consideration for relevant vacancies. C. When a vacancy occurs, an employee shall be granted an interview if he/she meets the minimum qualifications as posted. D. When an employee is asked by a supervisor to substitute in a higher paying classification covered under this Agreement for five (5) consecutive days or more, said employee shall be paid retroactively to the first consecutive day at the higher rate. E. Upon request from an employee, the supervisor may approve an employee to substitute in the absence of an employee in a higher pay level position, with no increase in pay rate, when the position will require a substitute for a period of five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancyor more. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week The duration of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, substitute work may be filled prior to limited by the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occursupervisor. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional SECTION 1 For purposes of this Article, a "promotional position" is defined as any position paying a salary differential over and administrative above that of a classroom teacher, including those positions shall be posted on in the District websitecentral office or those listed in Schedule B, C, or D, or any position in Unit B, as defined by the Massachusetts Labor Relations Commission, Case No. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the MCR-484. SECTION 2 The filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur promotional positions within one week the Needham Public Schools is the responsibility of the beginning Superintendent following the review and approval of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or Principal's recommendation. SECTION 3 Whenever a vacancy occurs in a promotional position during the school year due (September to a resignation or approved transferJune), may it will be filled prior publicized as soon as the vacancy occurs. During the months of July and August, notice of such vacancy will be conveyed directly to the job closing if a qualified applicant is availablePresident of the Needham Education Association or his/her designee. Agreement between In the event these procedures are not followed, the positions will be reopened and publicized as set forth above. SECTION 4 All such notices shall set forth those specifications, qualifications, and compensation for the position and the date by which application shall be filed with the Superintendent. SECTION 5 Advancements or promotions shall be based upon the Superintendent's judgment as to what will best serve the interests of the students, and the Superintendent will give due consideration to the professional background (attainment), knowledge, ability, skill, efficiency, attendance, physical condition, general health, and personality of the ABCE President applicants. Whenever the above factors are equal in the judgment of the Superintendent, the applicant with the longest tenure of employment in the Needham Public Schools will be necessary for this advanced or promoted. It is recognized that the final decision as to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance promotions must rest with the contract but may Superintendent. All applicants will be filled prior to notified of the job closingdisposition of their applications. The administration will continue its practice of discussing his/her application, on a confidential basis, with an availableindividual, certified and qualified applicant. upon his/her request. SECTION 6 Nothing in this Agreement between shall prevent the Superintendent and or the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed administration from making acting appointments in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 best interests of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews educational needs of the system until positions can be filled with permanent appointments. Time spent in such acting appointments shall not be from the pool regarded as evidence of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required superior qualifications for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatespermanent openings.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August Any vacancy shall be posted for only four a minimumOf days on two (42) work daysbulletin boards which are resewed for Company notices and The said bulletin boards shall be positioned at conspicuous locations. Vacancies that occur within one week The Company will forward a copy of the beginning posting of schooleach bargaining unit postedjob to the President of the local Union. In the event of an emergency, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, time period required by this article may be filled prior shortened providedthe Union is advised and the employees have an opportunity to know of the vacancy. The applicant employee with the most seniority shall be awarded the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between provided meets the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required qualifications for the position as established by the Company. If there are no qualified applicants, the Company may hire from outside sources. After being advertisedawarded the job, an employee will be given reasonableassistance and up to sixty days' probation in the new position. Qualified: Anyone using During this period, the High Objective Uniform State Standard Company may, if the employee is unsuitable to be retained in the new classificationafter the probationary return to former classification. During the probationary period, the employee may elect to return to former classification. On returningto former the time spent out of Evaluation the classification shall be deemed to be time spent in the classification. At the conclusion of a successful probationary the employee will be advised in writing that promotion has been made permanent. At any time during the first thirty (HOUSSE30) plan days that an employee has been promoted to qualify must meet a position outside the criteria outlined bargainingunit, the Company may return the employee to former job, or the employee may elect to return to former job and, upon return, the time spent out of the classificationshall be deemed to be time spent in School Board policy the classification. When an employee is promoted into a ratedjob classification, shall immediately move into the higher salary group and match receive a salary increase which is at least the certification required for equivalent of one full increment in former group rounded up to the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Readingnext highest step in the new group, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying shall progress upward on the annual or anniversary date of promotion to An employee who is "over-scale" or at the top scale with regard to wages, and who is subsequently promoted shall, in lieu of the increment provided for positions that require district-granted CTE certification in paragraph receive an amount equal to the average increase in former group (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior i.e. the total difference between the start and top rates divided by the number of steps = average), plus any amount necessary to being selected for an interview but must meet place the minimum criteria outlined employee on a step in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesnew scale.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings A. Any secretary anticipating resigning shall give written notice of intent with the Administration Office at least ten (10) working days prior to the effective date. Any secretary failing to submit such written notice, and unable to show sufficient cause for instructional a failure to do so, shall thereafter waive all seniority rights and administrative positions step placement on the schedule in case of returning. In case of emergency, the acceptance of lack of notice shall be posted on at the District website. Notice discretion of these vacancies the Board. B. A vacancy shall be posted defined as any position, either newly created or a present position that is not filled excluding temporary vacancies. A temporary vacancy is a vacancy caused by an employee being on an authorized absence. C. Whenever any vacancy or other special opportunity in any secretarial position in the district occurs, such vacancy will be announced by job posting at least five (5) work working days prior to the filling of closing date established for accepting applications. The written notice will include a job description for the announced vacancy. Currently employed secretaries must be given primary consideration for such vacancies. The building principal will be responsible for making the final recommendation for hire to the Administration. D. Any secretary may apply for such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during JuneIn filling such vacancy, Julythe Board agrees to give due consideration to the background, attainments and skills of all applicants, the length of time each has been employed by the district and other relevant factors. E. The employer must notify, in writing, all applicants who are members of the association, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week the President of the beginning Association of school, its decision as to who was awarded all posted jobs within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five twenty (520) work days prior after the expiration of the posting period. These time lines may be waived by the Employer with notification of the Association President. F. In any necessary reduction of the secretarial staff, secretaries with greater service shall be given preference over a secretary with less service to filling such vacancyretain his/her employment, if qualified. If no one Any secretary who is chosen from that schoolto be laid off shall be notified, then in writing, at least two weeks in advance by the vacancy Board. Secretaries may only bump the secretary with the least seniority in the Association. G. After 30 working days, a secretarial sub will be advertised county wide for an additional five placed on Step 1 of the Secretarial Wage Schedule (5) work daysAttachment 1). 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within H. No position shall be removed from the provisions Secretaries Association without the joint consent of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of and the grievance provisionemployer. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall I. Any secretary whose scheduled work hours are cut by 1.5 hours or more per day will be from considered to be laid off and eligible to bump the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined secretary in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.Association with the least seniority who works at least equivalent hours to the secretary who has been laid off

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings Electronic mail (email) will be the only notification for instructional and administrative positions shall be posted on the District websiteall school system positions. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week Timely notice will mean as far in advance of the beginning of schooldate the position will be filled. Access to school system e-mails will be for the entire calendar year. When an unanticipated vacancy or new position occurs during July or August, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, it may be filled prior on a temporary basis. The Committee agrees that such temporary service will not be the controlling factor for permanent appointments. Where permanent appointment is to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President be made, such appointment will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised made in accordance with the contract provisions of this Agreement. In both situations, the qualifications for the position, its duties, and the rate of compensation will be clearly set forth. The qualifications set forth for a particular position will not be changed arbitrarily, capriciously, or without basis in fact when such vacancies occur in the future. Applicants will have at least seven (7) calendar days from the date the notice is posted in the school system e-mail to submit their applications, and said positions will not be filled, except on a temporary basis, until the expiration of an additional seven (7) calendar days, or until candidates who apply within the time specified have been interviewed or their application acknowledged. The Committee reserves the right to publicize any other vacancies which exist within the school system as it may deem desirable, but it agrees to post these positions as approved so that "in-service" teachers may apply. All qualified teachers will be filled prior given adequate opportunity to make application for such positions, and the Committee agrees that in making its selection it will give due weight to the job closingprofessional background and attainments of all applicants, with an availablethe length of time each has been in the school system and other relevant factors. In filling such vacancies or new positions, certified first consideration will be given to qualified teachers already employed by the Committee, and qualified applicant. Agreement between each teacher applicant not selected will, upon request, receive from the Superintendent and or his/her designee a written explanation of why the ABCE President successful applicant was selected. Where a vacancy or new position is to be filled, appointments will be necessary made wherever possible not later than sixty (60) days after the notice is posted in the schools or the giving of notification to the Association. Failure of an applicant to be selected shall not be subject to the grievance procedure, unless there has been a violation of the procedural requirements of this Article or unless the method of selection has been discriminatory as to an applicant not selected. Such grievance shall not in any event progress beyond Level Three as herein before established under Article III of this Agreement. Appointments will be made without regard to race, creed, color, religion, nationality, sex, age or marital status. When a vacancy arises in a promotional position, every reasonable effort will be made to fill said vacancy within six (6) months from the time of the vacancy occurring. If permanent appointment is not made within this six (6) month period, the Committee agrees to re-advertise the vacancy and accept new applications. These provisions will not apply when the vacancy is occasioned by long-term illness of the incumbent of said position. The procedure for this to occur. 10.2 All openings applying for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated promotional positions will be as follows: The Administration will interview every applicant who accepts an interview within ten (10) calendar days of filing the application for a position covered by this Article. The notice which is posted within that school on will include the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where data which should be submitted as part of the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancyapplication. If no one further information is chosen from required, the administration will request it of all applicants. The administration will attempt to set up interviews at a mutually acceptable time during the period provided for interviewing in this section. All other forms that school, then the vacancy may be subsequently developed to facilitate this procedure will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article Xsubject to Superintendent, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, ReadingCommittee, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE CertificatesChicopee Education Association approval.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions shall Whenever any vacancy in a professional or promotional position occurs or a new position is created by the Committee during the school year (September to June), such vacancy or position will be posted adequately publicized by the Superintendent by means of a notice conspicuously placed on the District websiteAssociation bulletin board in every school as far in advance of the appointment as possible. Notice During the months of these July and August, written notice of any such vacancy will be given to the President of the Association and the Chairman of the Professional Rights and Responsibilities Committee by certified mail. In both situations, the qualifications for the positions, the duties and the rate of compensation will be clearly set forth. The qualifications set forth for a particular position will not be changed when such future vacancies occur unless the Association has been notified in advance of such changes. No vacancy will be filled except on a temporary basis, within fifteen (15) days from the date the notice is posted in the schools or the giving of notice to the Association. During the months of July and August, written notification of a vacancy will be mailed to any assistant principal who has left with the Superintendent’s office a self-addressed, stamped envelope for that purpose; after mailing, any and all risks or lack of, or untimely notice connected with this undertaking shall remain solely that of Assistant Principals concerned. 10.2 All Assistant Principals will be posted at least given adequate opportunity to make applications for such positions, and the Principal and/or Superintendent agree to give weight to the professional background and attainments of all applicants, the length of time each has been in the school system, and other relevant factors. In filling such vacancies, all other qualifications being equal, preference will be given to qualified assistant principals already employed by the Committee, and each assistant principal applicant not selected will receive a written notification, within five (5) work days prior days, of the action taken by the Principal and/or Superintendent. If the Committee determines that an advertised vacancy is to be filled, such appointment will be made, subject to the filling availability of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during Junequalified candidates, July, and August shall be posted for only four not later than sixty (460) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week days after posting of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurvacancy. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for 11.1 Whenever a vacancy occurs in a paid instructional or supervisory job under the jurisdiction of the Superintendent during the school year or prior to August 15, or whenever the creation of a new paid instructional or supervisory job under the jurisdiction of the Superintendent becomes necessary during the calendar year, notice will be posted notifying the staff and administrative positions shall soliciting applications therefore. Posting of the paid instructional or supervisory job will be official when posted on the District websiteAssociation bulletin board; a copy will be sent to the Association president. Notice Except in the case of these emergencies, vacancies shall will be posted at least five ten (510) work days prior to the anticipated filling of the position. The parties may mutually agree to shorten the posting period in appropriate circumstances. Standard paid instructional or supervisory jobs of a regular nature may be posted once a year in June. Personnel within the school will be given adequate opportunity to make application for such vacancyjobs, but the Committee will not be restricted in advertising for applicants outside the system, nor in filling the vacancy from applicants outside its current staff. Vacancies which occur during JuneThe Committee agrees to consider the qualifications, Julycertifications, length of service in the District (including time spent in the Xxxxxx, Xxxxxxxxx and Stow Districts) and needs of the system, and all things being relatively equal, will give preference to applicants from within its then present staff. Job qualifications for similar future vacancies will not be changed unless the educational philosophy of the system warrants such changes. During the summer the Association will be notified by a copy of any posting sent to the Association president. Unless an emergency requires it prior to August 15, no such vacancy will be filled until after a reasonable time has been allowed for staff members to apply for such position(s). At least one (1) interview of prospective candidates for teaching positions in the District shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week conducted by the members of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may respective departments. Recommendations will then be filled prior passed on to the job closing Principal and/or Superintendent. All assignments and transfers shall be made in the best interests of the students after due consideration by the Superintendent of the system wide needs. The wishes and preferences of individual professional staff members will be honored to the extent that these conditions do not conflict with the above. When transfers are required qualified volunteers shall be considered first. An involuntary assignment or transfer shall be made only after a meeting, if requested, between the licensed educator involved and the Superintendent or his/her designee, at which time the licensed educator shall be notified of the reasons for the assignment or transfer. In making involuntary transfers, the committee agrees to consider the same factors as outlined in paragraph 11.2 above. At the request of the licensed educator a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between representative of the Association will meet with the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary licensed educator for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to purpose of reviewing the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent transfer and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurreasons therefore. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 A. Whenever any vacancy in an administrative position occurs during the school year, due to but not limited to retirement, resignation or creation of a new position, it will be adequately publicized by the Superintendent by means of a notice as far in advance of the appointment as possible. Written notice of such vacancy will also be available to the Association’s president when said position(s) are posted. In both cases, the qualifications of the position and its duties and compensation according to the salary schedule will be clearly set forth. The qualifications set forth for a particular position will not be changed prior to an appointment or unless the Association has been notified in advance of such changes and the reasons for such change. A disagreement over the necessity for such change will be subject to the grievance and arbitration procedures set forth in this Agreement. No vacancy will be filled, except on a temporary basis, within ten (10) days from the date on which the position is posted. The filling of vacancies shall be based on funding and the needs of the School Department. B. All openings qualified/certified personnel for instructional the vacant position will be given adequate opportunity to make application for such positions; and the Committee agrees to give due weight to the professional background and attainments of all applicants, the length of time each has been in the school system, and other relevant factors. While the School Committee may appoint an Administrator who does not possess a Master’s Degree to an Administrative Bargaining Unit position, no such individual shall be appointed to such a vacancy unless (a) he/she is appropriately licensed to hold the vacant position under the applicable Department of Elementary and Secondary Education Regulations or (b) that he/she has been granted a waiver by the Department of Elementary and Secondary Education. Notwithstanding the above, all members of the Administrative Bargaining Unit must obtain a Master’s Degree as a condition of continued employment in the Administrative Bargaining Unit no later than three (3) years from the date of this Agreement or the date of their appointment to the Administrative Bargaining Unit, whichever is later. In filling vacancies, consideration will be given to qualified/certified Administrators already employed by the Committee. Each applicant not selected will receive written notification from the Superintendent (or designee) that he/she was not selected. Permanent appointments to vacant administrative positions shall be posted on made no later than by the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week start of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during next school year following the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, in which the vacancy occurs. Such vacancies may be filled prior by a temporary acting appointment C. The Committee shall determine the qualifications for each posted position subject to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article XSections A and B above. The qualifications shall include a requirement either that the applicant have the appropriate certification or license for the position as determined by the Department of Education or that he/she has been granted a waiver by the Department of Education. D. Administrative positions in the Fall River summer school and evening schools, and administrative positions under federal programs over and above those filled by full- time federal administrators, will be filled first by regularly appointed and qualified Administrators in the Fall River School System. Administrators will be given first consideration for monitoring of students or proctoring teacher tests given in the public schools. E. Appointments will be made without regard to race, creed, religion, nationality, sex, marital status military status, sexual orientation, disability, genetic information, gender identity, gender expression or age. F. Whenever possible, changes in administrative assignments will be voluntary. An involuntary transfer will be made only after a meeting between the Administrator and the Superintendent or his/her designee, at which time the Administrator will be notified of the reasons for the proposed transfer. In the event that the Administrator objects to the transfer, the Association may file will be notified and the Superintendent or his/her designee will meet with the Association’s representatives to discuss the transfer. An involuntary transfer must be to a grievance at Step 2 comparable FRAA position on the same level of the grievance provisionClassification Schedule (i.e. from Level IID to Level IID etc. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews ) and also shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold not result in a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required loss in compensation for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using remainder of a given school year in the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan event that the transfer is from an ELT School to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (a non-transferable) need ELT School. In addition, no FRAA Member can be involuntarily transferred to an ELT School. Involuntary transfers that comply with this paragraph shall not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesbe grievable.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative A. Vacant positions in the bargaining unit shall be posted on in a designated place in each of the District website. Notice school buildings in the district as well as at the Central Administration Office for a minimum of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior working days. A copy of each posting shall be sent to the filling Association President. A vacancy shall be defined as: 1. Newly created positions (i.e., Teacher Assistant time in newly created programs) 2. A block of such vacancyat least two (2) contiguous hours or more per day (ten (10) hours or more per week) needs to be posted. Vacancies If less then two (2) hours per day the assignment can be made by the building administrator. If it cannot be filled in the building, then it must be posted. Positions will not be awarded if a conflict exists with currently scheduled hours. 3. A position vacated by a Teacher Assistant and/or Health Care Assistant which occur during Junethe Employer intends to fill. Between August 15 and September 15 of each school year, Julyunfilled vacancies shall be considered as hours for assignment in the initial assignment process outlined in Article 6 - Working Hours, Assignments, and August Conditions of Employment, Section E and will not be posted. Unless a schedule conflict prevents it, the hours of presently employed bargaining unit members within a building by position, Teacher Assistant and/or Health Care Assistant will be offered an increase of hours on a seniority basis before additional bargaining unit members are hired provided the senior bargaining unit member is qualified for the additional work. Bargaining unit members will not be given additional hours if it would put them into an overtime situation. Positions which are expected to exist not longer than ninety (90) working days shall be considered as "temporary" and need not be posted nor does the person filling the position become a member of the bargaining unit. If, however, the position is either expected to exist longer than ninety (90) work days, or, in fact, does exist longer than ninety (90) work days, it shall be posted for only four as a vacancy. B. Vacancies within the bargaining unit shall be filled on the basis of seniority and qualifications. For purposes of interpretation, where qualifications are essentially equal between applicants, seniority will prevail. The Association President will receive notification of which applicant, whether internal or external, has been selected to fill a vacancy. C. When an employee changes positions, the employee shall be given up to a thirty (430) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week workday trial, fifteen (15) days of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or which shall be during the school year due year, in which to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior show his/her ability to perform on the new job. The District will provide reasonable assistance to enable the employee to perform up to the job closing if a qualified applicant employer’s standards on the new position. If the employee is available. Agreement between unable to demonstrate ability to perform the Superintendent and work required at any time during the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” trial period, the employee shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior returned to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicanthis/her previous assignment or laid off. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews Reasonable assistance shall be from shadowing, orientation, reviews of current student plans, initiation; however nothing herein shall require the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan employer to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesprovide previously offered training.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings A. Except for instructional temporary or emergency hiring situations, whenever a vacancy in any teaching position or extra duty assignments (as listed in Appendix B) occurs in the District, the Board shall post a notice of such vacancy on the bulletin boards in the teachers' lounges and administrative positions via Groupwise. Teachers seeking notification of summer vacancies shall submit their names and summer mailing addresses to the office of the district superintendent by May 1, prior to the conclusion of the school year. Such notifications shall be posted on mailed in conjunction with the posting of such vacancies of the bulletin board in the teacher’s workrooms. 1. All school buildings in the District websiteshall be posted. 2. Notice Duration of these posting (#1 above) shall be five (5) school days for the current school year vacancies during the five (5) days prior to and throughout the current school year. Summer vacancies shall be posted at least five ten (510) work days prior to the filling of days. B. Any teacher may apply for such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during JuneIn filling such vacancy, Julythe board agrees to give due weight to the professional background and attainments of all applicants subject to Article IV, Section C, the length of time each has been in the school system of the District, and other relevant factors. An applicant with less seniority in the system shall not be awarded such position unless the qualifications therefore shall be substantially superior to applicants with greater seniority. The Board declares its support of a policy of promotions from within its own teaching staff, including promotions to supervisory and executive levels, providing the Board has the responsibility of the final decision. C. Both the Board and the Association agree that it is highly desirable to set and maintain high qualifications for teachers. The parties acknowledge the legal and professional obligations of the school district to comply with the provisions of the No Child Left Behind Act of 2001, 20 usc 6301 et seq., and the regulations promulgated there under, including adequate yearly progress and highly qualified teachers, and, accordingly, agree that nothing in this collective bargaining agreement shall be applied or contrasted, directly or indirectly, to in any manner interfere with or prohibit the school district from fully complying with the definition, standards and requirements of the NCLB Act. D. Teachers shall not be assigned, except with their consent, outside the scope of their teaching certificate or their major or minor fields of study, except temporarily and for good cause, and the Association shall be so notified in each instance. To be highly qualified for an assignment, a teacher must meet NCLB Final Regulations 34 CFR 200-55-200.56. and the Michigan Defintion for identifying Highly Qualified teachers, as approved by the State Board of Education. E. All teachers shall be given written notice of their tentative schedule for the forthcoming year no later than July 1 of each instructional year. In event that changes in such schedule are proposed, all teachers affected shall be notified promptly and consulted if possible. Resignation by a teacher after August 15 shall constitute an emergency , but a vacant teaching position known prior to August 15 shall not be deemed an emergency and shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but provisions of the Master Agreement. F. The Association recognizes that, when vacancies occur during the school year, it may be difficult to fill them from within the District without undue disruption to the existing instruction program. If the Superintendent in his/her judgement so determines, such a vacancy may be filled prior to on a temporary or tentative basis until the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between end of the Superintendent and normal school year at which time the ABCE President position will be necessary for this considered vacant and posted. An individual hired on a temporary or tentative basis until the end of the normal school year shall not have contractual rights to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or continued employment unless no other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised teacher within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required district applied for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesvacancy.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions vacancies in promotional positions, vacancies not filled by transfers, recall, or by death, retirement, discharge, resignation, or by the creation of a new position, shall be posted on filled pursuant to the District websitefollowing procedures. 1. Notice of these Such vacancies which occur during the school year shall be posted adequately publicized bythe Superintendent electronically to bargaining unit e-mail addresses provided by the district as far in advance of the appointment as possible, at least five for a period of ten (510) work 1 If the least senior teacher in a targeted discipline is laid off, the Superintendent or her designee can assign the teacher to a vacant position or to a position held by a teacher without professional teacher status if the teacher is licensed for that position. If there are no vacancies and/or positions held by a teacher without professional teacher status, the Superintendent or his/her designee will review the impacted teacher’s certification and will, based upon the needs of the system, determine in which discipline the bumping will take place. The teacher will bump the least senior teacher in that discipline unless there are teachers in that discipline who are unsatisfactory or needs improvement. In that situation the criteria above will be followed. days prior to the appointment. 2. Qualifications for the position, its duties, and its rate of compensation will be clearly set forth. 3. Teachers who desire to apply for such vacancies shall file their applications in writing with the appropriate hiring authority within the time limit specified by the notice. 4. Candidates from both within and without the school system shall be equally eligible to fill the vacancies. 5. Appointment to such positions shall be on the basis of ability and shall be approved by the Superintendent upon the recommendation of the appropriate hiring authority. The appropriate hiring authority agrees to give due weight to the professional background and attainments of all applicants, the length of time each has been in the school system, and any other relevant factors. If ability and all other factors that the appropriate hiring authority may consider relevant are substantially equal, preference will then be given in the filling of such vacancypositions on the basis of total length of service in the Xxxxxxx Public Schools. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President Appointments will be necessary for this made without regard to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closingrace, with an availablecolor, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occursex, religion, national origin or sexual orientation. 10.2 All openings 6. Positions for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions summer jobs will be posted within that school and applicants will be selected in the same manner as set forth in Paragraph 5 above. 7. Notwithstanding the criteria above, all appointments shall be made based on the ABCE bulletin board and via email Principals’ direction pursuant to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work daysM.G.L. c. 71 s. 59. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D F or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using Have documented the 100 points for the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match that matches the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional SECTION 1 For purposes of this Article, a "promotional position" is defined as any position paying a salary differential over and administrative above that of a classroom teacher, including those positions shall be posted on in the District websitecentral office or those listed in Schedule B, C, or D, or any position in Unit B, as defined by the Massachusetts Labor Relations Commission, Case No. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the MCR-484. SECTION 2 The filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur promotional positions within one week the Needham Public Schools is the responsibility of the beginning Superintendent following the review and approval of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or Principal's recommendation. SECTION 3 Whenever a vacancy occurs in a promotional position during the school year due (September to a resignation or approved transferJune), may it will be filled prior publicized by means of the electronic personnel conference as soon as the vacancy occurs. During the months of July and August, notice of such vacancy will be conveyed directly to the job closing if a qualified applicant is availablePresident of the Needham Education Association or his/her designee. Agreement between In the event these procedures are not followed, the positions will be reopened and publicized as set forth above. SECTION 4 All such notices shall set forth those specifications, qualifications, and compensation for the position and the date by which application shall be filed with the Superintendent. SECTION 5 Advancements or promotions shall be based upon the Superintendent's judgment as to what will best serve the interests of the students, and the Superintendent will give due consideration to the professional background (attainment), knowledge, ability, skill, efficiency, attendance, physical condition, general health, and personality of the ABCE President applicants. Whenever the above factors are equal in the judgment of the Superintendent, the applicant with the longest tenure of employment in the Xxxxxxx Public Schools will be necessary for this advanced or promoted. It is recognized that the final decision as to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance promotions must rest with the contract but may Superintendent. All applicants will be filled prior to notified of the job closingdisposition of their applications. The administration will continue its practice of discussing his/her application, on a confidential basis, with an availableindividual, certified and qualified applicant. upon his/her request. SECTION 6 Nothing in this Agreement between shall prevent the Superintendent and or the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed administration from making acting appointments in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 best interests of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews educational needs of the system until positions can be filled with permanent appointments. Time spent in such acting appointments shall not be from the pool regarded as evidence of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required superior qualifications for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatespermanent openings.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional 1. Whenever any vacancy occurs in a position covered by this bargaining unit during the school year, it will be adequately publicized by the Superintendent by means of a notice placed on the Association bulletin board in every school fifteen (15) school days in advance of the appointment. a. Whenever a position within the bargaining unit becomes vacant between June 1st and administrative positions shall August 1st, it will be posted on for ten (10) calendar days. b. Whenever a position within the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall bargaining unit becomes vacant between August 1st and May 31st it will be posted for at least five (5) work school days. c. No permanent appointment will be made within fifteen (15) days prior of notice to the filling Association. d. Employees covered by this bargaining who wish to be considered for such a position, which might occur between the close of such school in June and September 1, may file, in the Superintendent's office, a self-addressed envelope which will be mailed to that person with an announcement if a position becomes available. 2. Upon any vacancy, any paraeducator who applies will be afforded an interview. Vacancies If a building principal interviews a staff member for a position, that principal is not required to interview the same individual for other similar positions in that calendar year. Nothing in this Section shall prohibit a building principal from granting more than one interview per calendar year to an individual. No permanent appointment will be made until after the posting closes. The Association recognizes and the Committee agrees to continue the present policy of promoting within the system whenever possible. 3. Qualifications, requirements, examples of duties which occur during Junemay be assigned by the principal based on the needs of the building, Julysalary differentials, and August shall other pertinent information, such as whether the position is full-time (5 days a week) or part-time (4 or fewer days a week) will be posted set forth in such notice. 4. In addition to information contained in the posting required by paragraph 3, the qualifications and range of duties set forth for only four (4) work daysa particular position will be discussed with the applicant during an interview. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of schoolApplicants may be advised that, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-countdepending on their assignment, or they may perform various duties, including but not limited to, student supervisory duties at various times during the school year due day and may provide clerical assistance for a teacher or administrators, as well as instructional services to students. If a resignation or approved transferparaeducator is specifically assigned to special education students, the paraeducator may be filled prior to assigned other duties during any period in which the job closing if a qualified applicant student is available. Agreement between receiving special education services or engaged in activities which do not require the Superintendent paraeducator’s assistance and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" provide services during the student’s or paraeducator’s lunch. In no event, however, will the paraeducator assigned to an individual student be required to work more than 7 hours per day unless compensated for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesduties.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions shall be posted on the District website1. Notice of these vacancies shall Written notices should be posted at least five the location where all employees work regarding vacancies. 2. The said written notice of vacant positions shall indicate the position and the date within which applications should be filed with the Superintendent of Schools. Such date shall not be less than seven (7) days from the date of the posting of the notice, except in cases of emergency. Employees who desire to apply for any such position or vacancy shall submit their applications in writing to the Superintendent of Schools within the time limit specified in the notice announcing the vacancy. 3. In addition to the giving of notice in the manner indicated above, the Committee may give notice of vacant positions and seek applicants in such other ways as it considers neces- sary. 4. In filling vacancies for promotional positions, the Rules and Regulations of Civil Service will govern. 5) work days . In the event of assignment or transfer, area of competence, quality of performance, relevant demonstrated needs of the system, and seniority will be given consideration. All other factors being substantially equal, seniority will govern. An alleged violation of this section shall be subject to the grievance provisions of this Agreement. 6. The Association recognizes and agrees that in order to meet budget requirements it may be necessary to allow certain positions to remain unfilled or be eliminated. The Associa- tion waives any rights it may have to require continued existence of said positions and to file grievances concerning same. 7. Effective 10-17-05 provisional clerk-stenographers are members of the Fall River School Department Clerical Employees Association, MFT, AFT, AFL-CIO, but they are not covered by civil service laws. When a civil service test is given for clerk-stenographer, all provisional clerks will be required to take the test and pass it in order to keep their position as a clerk-stenographer. Provisional clerk-stenographers will receive the benefits of this contract as follows: a. They will start on Step 1 unless covered under Article VII #2. b. They will be eligible to increase a step each year on their anniversary date until they reach their maximum. c. Provisional clerk-stenographers hired prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President this agreement will be necessary for this to occurplaced on the salary step that reflects the years of service worked. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President This will be necessary for this to occureffective as of October 17, 2005 with no retroactive pay. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions d. They will be posted within that school on given sick leave and personal leave prorated as of their hire date. On July 1, following their hire date they will receive the ABCE bulletin board current 17 sick days and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work 3 personal business days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions e. A provisional clerk who was a member of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provisionanother school department union will be allowed to carry over their accrued sick and personal leave. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall f. They will receive vacation days on July 1 following their hire date. These days will be from calculated according to the pool number of certified and qualified applicants onlymonths they have worked in the previous year under this contract. Certified: Hold On July 1 following a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required year after their hire date they will be eligible for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard current 3 weeks vacation. g. A provisional clerk-stenographer who is appointed and was a member of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined another bargaining unit in the district's Process Fall River School System or Municipal Department will be credited for Granting District CTE Certificatestheir years of service for longevity purposes.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional A. For the purpose of this article, a vacancy is a position that is currently unfilled and administrative which the Board wishes to fill, a position currently filled but which will be open in the future or a newly created position. A position shall include teacher, Schedule A-2 positions, administrator and supervisor. B. During the school year, notices of all vacancies and newly created positions shall be prominently posted on the District websiteschool's website and teacher's email, for not less than ten (10) calendar days prior to the closing date for filing applications as soon as the vacancy or new position is determined to exist. Notice No position shall be filled except in case of these emergency and on a temporary basis until such vacancy shall have been posted for at least ten (10) calendar days. The time for posting vacancies shall be posted at least shortened from ten (10) calendar days to five (5) work calendar days for the months of August and September only. Notices of vacancies and newly created positions shall include academic and experience requirements, qualifications, personal skills, responsibilities of the position, the date the position is to be open and instructions for filing application. C. Extra-curricular positions are filled on a yearly basis. If a teacher is not to be re-hired for an extra-curricular position, he shall be notified in writing at least ten (10) calendar days in advance of the posting of the vacancy. Any teacher not desiring to continue in an extra• curricular position shall notify the Board in writing by June 1 of the current year. D. A teacher may apply for any posted position for which he/she is certified and highly qualified as defined by the State and Federal guidelines, at any time. Such application should be in writing, addressed to the Superintendent of Schools. Applications must be renewed annually. It shall be the administration's responsibility to post newly created positions and to provide the qualifications of vacated positions to candidates. Teachers are encouraged to apply for any position for which they are certified and highly qualified as defined by the State, including administrative positions. E. In filling vacancies to administrative positions, the Board shall consider the professional qualifications, background, attainments and service in the school district of all applicants. The parties recognize that, while the Board will continue to adhere to its practice of promotions from within its own teaching staff, the filling of vacancies of a promotional or administrative nature is a prerogative of the Board and the decision of the Board will be final. F. Any teacher not desiring to continue in a teaching position shall notify the Board of Education, in writing, thirty (30) days prior to leaving the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancyposition. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article Xthirty day notification isn't given, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the districtteacher forfeits one day's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.pay

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings 1. A vacancy for instructional purposes of this Article is a bargaining unit position which is unfilled, and administrative positions shall which the Board has determined to staff. The Board will notify the Association if the vacant position is being eliminated. If the vacant position is to continue, the Board will post the position. A leave of absence does not create an unfilled position. 2. In the event the district chooses to hire additional certified staff during the school year, the date of hire will be posted the primary factor for determining the individual’s status and compensation package. If hired within the first 60 days of the school year, the person would be considered a first year probationary teacher and placed into the bargaining unit on the appropriate salary step. After the first 60 school days, the District websitemay choose to temporarily hire an individual under the status of a long-term substitute teacher outside the bargaining unit and compensate accordingly. 3. Notice For the entire year, the Board shall inform the President of these the Association of vacancies shall occurring on the professional level on the first day of the posting. During the summer months, all vacancies will be posted at least five the Central office and each building for no less than seven (7) calendar days before being filled. In the event that one of the four LEA Executive Officers cannot be reached on the first day of the posting, the posting will remain open for a total of fourteen (14) calendar days, unless waived by mutual agreement. Teachers interested in new or vacated positions should call the Central Office for current positions or leave stamped, self-addressed envelopes. 4. Whenever a Teacher is interested in being considered for assignment to any professional position in the District, he or she may file a written notice of his or her interest with the Superintendent. 5) work days prior . Grant-funded positions will be filled according to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, grant requirements and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with section 3. 6. The Board shall give special consideration to Teachers of the contract but may be filled prior Lakeview Community School System in the assignment of any extra and co-curricular positions. In filling such vacant extra and co-curricular positions, the Board of Education shall give due weight to the job closingexperience, with an availabletraining and attainments of all applicants, certified the length of time each has been in the School System of this District, and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or any other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancyrelevant factors. If no one interest is chosen shown from that schoolwithin the bargaining unit, then the vacancy manner in which the job will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within filled is at the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 sole discretion of the grievance provisionBoard. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional SECTION 1 For purposes of this Article, a "promotional position" is defined as any position paying a salary differential over and administrative above that of a classroom teacher, including those positions shall be posted on in the District websitecentral office or those listed in Schedule B, C, or D, or any position in Unit B, as defined by the Massachusetts Labor Relations Commission, Case No. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the MCR-484. SECTION 2 The filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur promotional positions within one week the Xxxxxxx Public Schools is the responsibility of the beginning Superintendent following the review and approval of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or Principal's recommendation. SECTION 3 Whenever a vacancy occurs in a promotional position during the school year due (September to a resignation or approved transferJune), may it will be filled prior publicized by means of the electronic personnel conference as soon as the vacancy occurs. During the months of July and August, notice of such vacancy will be conveyed directly to the job closing if a qualified applicant is availablePresident of the Needham Education Association or his/her designee. Agreement between In the event these procedures are not followed, the positions will be reopened and publicized as set forth above. SECTION 4 All such notices shall set forth those specifications, qualifications, and compensation for the position and the date by which application shall be filed with the Superintendent. SECTION 5 Advancements or promotions shall be based upon the Superintendent's judgment as to what will best serve the interests of the students, and the Superintendent will give due consideration to the professional background (attainment), knowledge, ability, skill, efficiency, attendance, physical condition, general health, and personality of the ABCE President applicants. Whenever the above factors are equal in the judgment of the Superintendent, the applicant with the longest tenure of employment in the Needham Public Schools will be necessary for this advanced or promoted. It is recognized that the final decision as to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance promotions must rest with the contract but may Superintendent. All applicants will be filled prior to notified of the job closingdisposition of their applications. The administration will continue its practice of discussing his/her application, on a confidential basis, with an availableindividual, certified and qualified applicant. upon his/her request. SECTION 6 Nothing in this Agreement between shall prevent the Superintendent and or the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed administration from making acting appointments in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 best interests of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews educational needs of the system until positions can be filled with permanent appointments. Time spent in such acting appointments shall not be from the pool regarded as evidence of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required superior qualifications for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatespermanent openings.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional Section 13.01. Whenever there is a job vacancy in the exclusive Bargaining Unit covered by this contract, and administrative positions the Employer intends to fill the vacancy, The Department of Administrative Services will be excluded from the bidding process. A notice of the opening shall be posted on for five (5) working days. If applicable, the District websiteposting shall include the current location of the vacancy; however, this clause does not restrict the Employer’s right to assign employees to work locations. Notice of these vacancies All eligible employees as defined by Article 13.05, in the Bargaining Unit, shall be posted at least have that five (5) work days prior day period in which to bid for the filling job by submitting a written application addressing his qualifications. The posting notice shall contain the job classification title, rate of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during Junepay, Julyshift, brief job description, and August immediate supervisor. All applications timely filed shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of reviewed by the beginning of schoolEmployer, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to and the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised awarded within five (5) working days in accordance with the contract but following criteria, which shall be given equal weight. A. Classification Seniority (including time spent cross-training in a classification) B. Physical Fitness C. Agency-wide Seniority D. Employee’s current attendance, performance and disciplinary record Work experience, physical fitness, seniority and Employee’s current attendance, performance and disciplinary record are weighed equally in determining which employee is awarded a job. Physical and Mental Ability may be filled prior used as a qualifier to determine whether or not an employee can bid on a position. This does not mean that the Employer shall not consider a disabled individual (as defined by XXX) who can with reasonable accommodation perform the job closingthat he is bidding on. In the event of a tie, with Agency-wide seniority shall be the deciding factor. Section 13.02. A uniform application form for job bidding shall be mutually developed by the parties and attached to this Agreement as Appendix C. Section 13.03. An employee who is awarded a job under these provisions shall receive the rate of pay of the new classification immediately and shall be placed in the position awarded within thirty (30) calendar days of the award date. A. Employees who are awarded a position in a higher pay range shall be placed in a step which is at least three percent (3%) greater than their present base rate. B. Employees who are awarded a position in the same pay range shall continue to receive their same rate of pay. C. Employees who are awarded a position in a lower pay range shall remain in the same step. If the lower classification does not contain a step equal to that of the current classification, the employee shall be placed in the maximum step of the lower classification. Section 13.04. In order to bid on any Case Manager position, an availableemployee must have a Registered Nursing or Licensed Practicing Nursing Degree. Section 13.05. Employees are prohibited from bidding on a new position for six (6) months from the award date of current position. This restriction shall not apply to a nonprobationary part-time employee bidding on a full-time position, certified and qualified applicantbut once the employee is awarded a full time position, the restriction then applies. Agreement between If an employee returns voluntarily to prior position, he is prohibited from bidding on another position for a period of six (6) months from the Superintendent date of his return to prior classification. If an employee is involuntarily returned to his or her prior classification (including failure of probation), he or she is not prohibited from bidding on another position. Section 13.06. If the Employer and the ABCE President will be necessary for this Union agree in a Labor Management setting that a position has changed significantly enough to occurjustify reclassification, such reclassification may take place at the local level with the agreement of the Employer and Union. The Employer and Union agree to meet within forty-five (45) calendar days of an employee's written request to their immediate supervisor to resolve reclassification. 10.2 All openings Section 13.07. In the event a part-time position becomes a full-time position so outlined in Article 13, Section 13.01 shall be followed. Section 13.08. When the Agency posts a vacancy for supplements listed the position of Center Director, an eligible employee may notify the Agency in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted writing within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work working days prior of his or her desire for a lateral transfer will be granted to filling such vacancythe employee with greater Classification seniority. If no one is chosen from that schoolthose employees requesting transfer have equal Classification seniority, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews transfer shall be from granted ot the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid inemployee with greater Agency-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificateswide seniority.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 The filling of vacancies in the professional staff of the Wellesley School System is the responsibility of the Superintendent or, where appropriate, the Principal of each school, subject to the review and approval of the Superintendent. (a) In the exercise of such responsibility, the Superintendent agrees to publicize all vacancies in the professional staff, other than the Central Office positions, and to grant interviews to interested staff members prior to filling any vacancy in the bargaining unit in accordance with the following procedure: 1. All openings vacancies which occur within the professional staff of the Wellesley School System and which provide opportunity for instructional and administrative promotion for present staff members shall be publicized. During the work year, positions shall be posted on publicized at least ten (10) school days prior to the District websitefilling of vacancies. Notice During the summer, except during the last two (2) weeks prior to the beginning of these the school year, positions shall be publicized at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the filling of vacancies by the normal method. During the last two (2) weeks of the summer prior to the beginning of the school year, the period for publicizing vacancies shall be posted reduced to five (5) calendar days. Vacancies may be filled on a temporary basis until such procedures can be followed. 2. During the school year, vacancies and positions for which extra pay is given shall be publicized in all affected buildings and/or offices for at least ten (10) school days prior to filling the vacancy on a permanent basis. During the summer, vacancies and positions for which extra pay is given shall be publicized in all affected buildings and/or offices for at least five (5) work calendar days prior to filling the filling of such vacancyvacancy on a permanent basis. 3. Vacancies All bargaining unit positions which occur during June, July, and August shall will be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week vacated as of the beginning end of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, shall be publicized as they occur in order that present staff members may be filled prior considered for transfer to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised such positions in accordance with the contract but procedures set forth in this Article. 4. When in the judgment of the Superintendent the qualifications, attainments and professional backgrounds of candidates are comparable, vacancies shall be given to candidates within the Wellesley School System. In the event that a teacher within the Wellesley School System is not selected to fill a vacancy, the Superintendent shall, upon request, meet with such teacher to discuss the reason for the decision. 5. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in filling vacancies when there are laid off teachers with recall rights, such teachers shall be recalled to such vacancies in accordance with the procedure set forth in ARTICLE 17, Section (6). (b) If the Association considers that there has been improper discrimination in the filling of any vacancy or vacancies under this Article, a complaint may be filled filed and shall be subject to the grievance procedure, except questions arising under (a) 3 above. (c) Teachers may request a transfer into a subject area for which they are certified and have eighteen (18) credit hours in the subject area, provided that they: 1. Agree to complete a total of thirty‐six (36) credit hours within the subject area within a two‐year period from the close of the school year in which they are so transferred. In cases where there are factors beyond the control of the teacher (sickness, non‐availability of courses, etc.), the Superintendent may grant up to a one‐year extension. The standards for evaluating whether the credits are within the subject area will be the standards that are currently in use by the DESE; and 2. Agree that if the total of thirty‐six (36) credit hours is not completed within the stated two or three‐year period, the teacher will either transfer to a prospective vacancy in the department in which he/she taught prior to the job closingabove‐transfer or be laid off if a good faith attempt has been made to complete the requisite course work. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between if at any time after the transfer the Superintendent and reasonably determines that the ABCE President will teacher is not making a good faith effort to complete the requisite course work, such teacher shall be necessary for laid off at the end of that school year. Any such transfers may only be made at the start of the school year unless some other time is approved by the Superintendent. Any teacher who transfers into a new subject area pursuant to this section may transfer back to occurhis/her original department if a vacancy develops in that department within the stated two or three‐year (3) period; thereafter, the same provisions that are applicable to all other transfers shall be applicable to such teachers as well. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed (d) In the case of an involuntary transfer, a teacher may, upon request, meet with the Superintendent before he/she makes his/her final decision in Appendix D order to discuss the proposed transfer. (e) Any teacher who is involuntarily transferred from one building to another or other extra-compensated positions from one department to another, will be posted within that school on have the ABCE bulletin board and via email right to all current staff at that school site where the transfer back to his/her original position if an opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancywithin three years. If no more than one person is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article Xentitled to return, the Association may file person involuntarily transferred first has the prior right. In case of a grievance at Step 2 tie, seniority prevails. The right to return does not apply if the Superintendent determines that the transfer is not in the best interest of the grievance provisioneducational program. The Superintendent’s decision will not be arbitrary or capricious. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and A. Whenever any professional or administrative positions position is newly created or becomes vacant during the school year, a written notice thereof shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted for at least five (5) work school days prior to on the filling of such vacancyfaculty bulletin board in each school building. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August Such notice shall be posted within seven (7) calendar days after the Superintendent has declared the vacancy or approved the new position. Such notice will include subject or grade levels for only four (4) work dayswhich the position is posted. Vacancies that occur within one week The general qualifications for said position and the rate of compensation shall be clearly set forth. All qualified teachers will be given an opportunity to apply for such positions. In filling such vacancies, consideration will be given to qualified teachers already employed by the School District. All such requests shall be acknowledged by a stamped copy of the beginning of school, within one week after application by the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-countoffice. Qualifications for vacancies will not be changed between the time of the posting and the appointment to the vacancy. B. If a vacancy occurs during the summer vacation, notification will be posted in or during outside the office of the Superintendent of Schools, and in addition, a copy will be sent to the President of the Association and to those staff members who have left their names and addresses with the Superintendent by the end of the school year for that purpose. C. All qualified teachers will be given an opportunity to make application for administrative vacancies, and the Superintendent agrees to give due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior consideration to the job closing if a qualified applicant is availableability, professional background, length of service in the Plainville School System and other attainments of all applicants. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary Applications for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” administrative position vacancies shall be advertised made in accordance with procedure established by the contract but may Superintendent. The unsuccessful candidates will be given notice when positions are filled. The Superintendent reserves the right in all instances to appoint a candidate who in his/her judgment is the most qualified for the position. D. If a vacancy in a bargaining unit position to be filled prior occurs after the school year has begun, the following shall apply: 1. The Superintendent may temporarily fill such position for a period not to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that exceed twenty (20) school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 2. The position shall be filled under all terms and conditions of the Agreement including salary and benefits no later than twenty (20) school days following the expiration of the time period for applying for the vacancy. 3. If positions are not properly advertised within the vacancy to be filled occurs after the ninetieth school day of the school year, the Superintendent may fill the position with a long-term substitute for the remainder of the school year. However, if such position is retained for the following school year, such vacancy shall be posted according to provisions of Article Xthis Agreement by May 1, or within seven (7) days next following such vacancy, whichever occurs first. E. Job Specifications - Plainville School Committee will put in writing job specifications for all newly created positions (full or part-time) prior to posting said positions and prior to making appointments to said positions. F. All teachers who are considering resignation or retirement from the Association Plainville Public Schools, including those who may file a grievance at Step 2 be seeking employment elsewhere, are asked to notify the Superintendent’s office as soon as possible but no later than two (2) weeks in advance of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall possibility or certainty that they may/will not be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan returning to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates. This is considered a professional courtesy.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions 9.01 When a vacancy occurs in a regular job classification above the lowest classification promotion shall be posted made from the lowest job classifications as shown on the District websiteLine of Promotion chart and in order of the designated promotion number provided there are qualified employees therein. Notice of these Otherwise the vacancies shall be posted at least bulletined. 9.02 On entering a line on the Promotion Chart (Appendix 2) employees shall be assigned promotion numbers to indicate their relative position in that line of promotion. 9.03 An employee who declines a promotion to a higher job classification and subsequently accepts promotion on the same higher job classification shall remain behind the employee who did receive the promotion for all seniority purposes within that department. An employee who declines a promotion shall do 9.04 Bulletining of jobs shall be done in the following manner: The job shall be bulletined within five (5) work calendar days prior to of the filling of such vacancyvacancy occurring. Vacancies which occur during Junein new job classifications need not be bulletined until the expiration of thirty calendar days from the date created. 9.05 The bulletin shall show a general job description, Julyrate of pay, hours of work and August shall be posted for only four (4) work daysfive calendar days in a place accessible to all employees affected. Vacancies that occur Copies of all bulletins shall be furnished to the Union. 9.06 Employees desiring such positions shall within the five calendar day period specified in Article 9.05 forward duplicate applications through their supervisor to the Human Resources Office. The Company shall forward one week copy to the Union. An employee absent due to vacation, illness or leave shall be deemed to have made application. 9.07 Bulletined vacancies shall be filled by the Company based on qualifications to perform the work, but where two or more employees are qualified, seniority shall govern. The name of the beginning of schoolsuccessful applicant shall be bulletined within seven calendar days in the same manner as the vacancy was bulletined, within one week after except in the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-countcase where the senior employee is not awarded the vacancy, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, supervisor shall notify the senior employee before the award is bulletined. 9.08 Bulletined vacancies may be filled prior to temporarily pending the job closing if a qualified applicant is availableassignment of successful applicants. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” Such assignments shall be advertised in accordance with taken over by the contract but person appointed not more than ten working days after the date of posting of the award. 9.09 Vacancies of a temporary nature resulting from vacations, injury, sickness, leave of absence or emergencies may be filled prior to as follows when coverage with employees having the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between necessary qualifications can be provided: (a) Moving up the Superintendent and personnel of the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on shift into successively higher classification of the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then shift until the vacancy will be advertised county wide for is filled. (b) Assigning employees from an additional five (5) work daysoperation temporarily suspended. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative 9-1 The term Avacancy@ is any bargaining unit position previously held by a licensed employee or a licensed position newly created by the Board. The term Atransfer@ is the movement of a licensed employee from one work location to another work location at a different work site. 9-2 Promotional positions shall are defined as positions paying a salary differential and/or positions on the administration-supervisory level. 9-3 Vacancies which occur in new or existing bargaining unit positions will be posted at the District Office, on the District websitedistrict’s web site, on faculty bulletin boards, and will be advertised for at least 5 working days prior to the selection of a person to fill the vacancy. Notice of these vacancies which occur when school is not in session, shall be mailed to teachers who notify the District office in writing of their desire to receive notice. Notices will be placed in teacher’s mailboxes while school is in session. (Neg. 12-6-94 & 2003) When a vacancy is posted it will be accompanied with qualifications for the position, its duties, and the rate of compensation shall be clearly set forth. 9-4 The administrator of each site will ask each teacher at least his/her respective sites for their preference(s) for transfer/reassignment between March 1st and April 1st of each school year. A form provided by the District will be used for this purpose. The completed forms will be kept on file at the Central Administration Office for one year. (Neg. 8-10-06) 9-5 The District recognizes that it is desirable, when making assignments, to consider the interests and aspirations of its teachers. Every attempt will be made to fill vacancies from within the district. Only current, properly licensed employees are eligible for transfer/ reassignment to any vacancy. Vacant positions and/or the resulting subsequent openings will be posted according to section 9-3. Requests for transfer/reassignments will be given first consideration. If no current employees are accepted for the position then out of district applicants will be considered for the position. 9-6 Interested persons who request a transfer/reassignment must reply in writing within five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE minivacancy advertised dates as per 9-count, or 3. A teacher who has been denied a transfer/reassignment will be provided with a written explanation stating the reasons for the denial within three (3) days. 9-7 If a situation occurs during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be that makes it necessary for this a teaching assignment to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance change, the school district will work cooperatively with the contract but may be filled prior to association in filling the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancyposition. If no one a teaching assignment is chosen from that schoolchanged during the summer, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five district shall send a certified letter so informing the teacher of the change within three (53) work days. 10.3 If positions are 9-8 Prior to an involuntary transfer/reassignment the District shall seek volunteers in the same manner as provided for in filling vacancies in section 9-3 and 9-5. After consultation with the site administrator, a teacher who has been involuntarily transferred/reassigned will be provided with a written explanation within three (3) days. The principal(s) of the work site(s) involved in the involuntary transfer/reassignment shall make the final discretionary decision whether a volunteer=s application for the transfer/reassignment is approved or denied. A volunteer who has been denied the transfer will be provided with a written explanation stating the reasons for the denial within three (3) days. (Neg. 2-9-2000) An involuntary transfer/reassignment shall not properly advertised result in a loss of compensation, seniority or fringe benefits so long as the involuntary transfer or reassignment is from full time to full time position. (Neg. 9-21-95 & 2003) 9-9 No teacher who is voluntarily transferred or reassigned within the provisions District shall suffer a loss of Article Xsalary, fringe benefits or seniority so long as the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be transfer or reassignment is from the pool of certified full time to full time position. (Neg. 12-6-94) 9-10 Deleted and qualified applicants onlyabsorbed. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised(Neg. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.2003)

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings Vacancies in regularly assigned job classifications will be bulletined within working days of such vacancies occur- ring. Vacanciesin newjob classifications need not be bulle- tined until the expiration of calendar days from date created. The bulletin will show a general job description, of pay, hours of work, and will be postedfor calendardays in a place accessible to all employees affected. Copies of all bulletinsissued rulewill befurnishedto the Union. Except as in Article employees desiring such posi- tions will, within the day period specified in Article complete in triplicate an Application for instructional and administrative positions Vacancy Form in which they will clearly set forth their qualifications for the job. Distribution of these forms will be: one to the Personnel one to the Union; one retained by the employee. plant seniority shall govern. If no application is received for a vacancy inthe Assistant Operatorclassification,the Com- pany shall fillthe vacancy with the junior employeefrom the Assistant Operator Pool. The name of the employeeaward- ed the vacancy shall be posted on bulletined within calendar days in the District websitesame manner as the vacancy was bulletined. Notice of these vacancies The successful employee will his overtime posi- tion in his present department until he leaves to fill the vacancy. The employee will not be entitled to overtime in the new department during this period. In applying rules governing promotions and seniority, the Company will make the assignment subject to appeal as a grievance under Article when the senior applicant is not awarded the vacancy. When a vacancy, other than temporary, occurs in a regular job classificationabove the lowest classificationin a depart- ment, promotions shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior made from the next lower Revised by the Company based on qualifications and classi- fication seniority. When two or more employees have the necessary qualifications, classification seniority shall gov- ern. When there are no qualified employees in the next lower job classifications, the employee with the highest classificationseniority and the necessary qualifications will be selected from successive lower classificationsif possi- ble. If there are no employeeswith the necessary qualifica- tions within the department then the vacancy will be bulle- tined and filled in accordance with Article An employee who declines a promotion to the filling fill a vacancy under Articles and O, will do so in writing and will be bound by this commitment for minimum of such vacancyone year. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall Promotions in a department will be posted for only four (4) work daysmade in accordance with Appendix Line of Promotion Chart. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, Bulletinedvacancies may be filled prior to temporarily pending the job closing if a qualified applicant assignment of the successful applicants. successively higher classification of the shift in the department until the vacancy is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President filled, unless such arrangement will not produce coverage with employ- ees havingthe necessaryqualifications, then relief will be necessary for this to occurprovidedby the movement of personnelfrom anoth- er shift. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but A relief employee may be filled prior to assigned into the job closinglowest rate of pay classificationin the department. Once the foregoing has been applied, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President temporary vacancy will be necessary for considered as set. If other vacancies occur, and another application of this clause is not possible, then the vacancieswill be filled with overtime as outlined in Article of the Collective Agreement. When it can be determined that the duration of the temporary vacancy (except vacancies due to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions xxxx- tion) will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen in excess of consecutivedays from that schooldate of suchdetermination,or if thevacancyextendsbeyond a maximum of days, then the vacancy will befilled in accordancewith Article exceptthat the lowest rate of pay classificationwill be advertised county wide for filled by the senior Assistant Operator, if practicable. When two or morevacanciesoccur at the sametime on the same shift in andonevacancy results from an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If employeebeingonvacation, from vacation shall bedeemedto first tempo- rary vacancy and shall be filled in with until the vacation vacancy ceased to exist. The second vacancy shall be filled by a second appli- cation of Article if possible. Promotionsto supervisory positions are shall not properly advertised within be subject to the provisions of Article Xthis Agreement. Employees who have given long and faithful service and become unable to handle heavy work, will be given prefer- ence for such light work as they are able to perform. When an operation is temporarily suspended in a depart- ment, the Association Company may file a grievance at Step 2 of assign the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined surplus employees in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such sequence as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.follows:

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings A. The appointing authority is recognized as the sole authority to appoint an applicant to a vacant position. When the appointing authority determines that a vacancy is to be filled, it will be made public on a website designated for instructional that purpose and administrative positions through which applications shall be posted submitted. The appointing authority will not be obligated to consider an application for a position from an employee who has not submitted their application by the date on which the District website. Notice posting states it will close. B. For the purpose of these vacancies this Article, promotion shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior defined as an appointment to the filling a position of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August a higher job grade; a change in job title without a change in job grade shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to considered a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurlateral appointment. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed SECTION 2. Vacant positions in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions the bargaining unit will be posted within that school as internal campus job postings on the ABCE bulletin board University’s on-line applicant tracking system for a minimum of seven (7) business days before being posted for external (off-campus) applicants. Applications submitted online by internal (on-campus) applicants and via email to all current staff at that school site where received during the opening occurs at least five (5) work days internal campus job posting period by the hiring department will be considered prior to interviewing any external applicants for the position. Internal applicant may also submit a written application form for such internal campus job postings under procedures of the Employment Office. Such written application forms will be mailed to the department and/or hiring authority for the position through campus mail. Hiring departments will not be required to hold internal campus job posting if the written application form is received after the seven (7) business day internal posting period. SECTION 3. In filling vacancies, campus seniority will govern where, upon review by the appointing authority, the ability, experience, training, and education of the applicants are equal. In the event the appointing authority fills a vacancy by appointing a non-bargaining unit applicant and such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that schoolappointment results in bypassing the campus seniority of a bargaining unit applicant, then the vacancy will reasons for bypassing the bargaining unit employee’s seniority, if requested, shall be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions given in writing to the employee and/or the Association. Only a senior bargaining unit member, who has been bypassed, and/or the Association, shall have the right to request such information. Under these circumstances, the appointing authority’s determination may be grieved and processed through arbitration. In the event arbitration is invoked hereunder, the arbitrator’s authority shall be limited to reviewing, consistent with the criteria set forth herein, the appointing authority’s determination that the qualifications of the successful and unsuccessful candidates are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, equal. A unit member or the Association may file grieve their non-selection for a grievance at position only to Step 2 4 of the grievance provisionprocess if such position was awarded to another unit member. 10.4 Applicants selected SECTION 4. The Employer shall use reasonable efforts to answer requests for interviews shall be from information regarding the pool of certified search and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary selection procedure submitted by the senior unit member, who has been bypassed and makes such request pursuant to Section 2 or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy Section 3 and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined requests made in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.investigation of a grievance filed under Section 2 or Section 3. DocuSign Envelope ID: 06AA20EA-3202-4758-A1E2-0523571A87FF DocuSign Envelope ID: 7FA48CFC-FA19-41E7-807F-B0DE982E9637

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions 18.1 Any vacancy shall be posted on the District website. Notice for a minimum of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work working days prior on two (2) bulletin boards which are reserved for Company notices and postings. The said bulletin boards shall be positioned at conspicuous locations. The Company will forward a copy of the posting of each bargaining unit posted job to the filling President of such the local Union. In the event of an emergency, the time period required by this article may be shortened provided the Union is advised and the Employees have an opportunity to know of the vacancy. Vacancies which occur during JuneTemporary hires that are casual in nature, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions i.e. irregularly scheduled will be posted at management’s discretion. 18.2 Promotions and transfers to jobs within the bargaining unit shall be based on qualifications established by the Company. These qualifications may include: creativity, knowledge, experience, skill, ability, attitude, training and/or education, as well as other relevant factors. If more than one of the applicants satisfactorily meets or exceeds the qualifications, the Company shall award the position to the best applicant. Company seniority will be considered when evaluating applicants. When two (2) or more Employees’ qualifications are relatively equal, Company seniority shall apply. If there are no applicant Employees who satisfactorily meet the qualifications established for the position, the Company may hire from any source. 18.3 After being awarded the job, an Employee will be given reasonable assistance and up to sixty (60) calendar days’ probation in the new position. During this period, the Company may, if the Employee is unsuitable to be retained in the new classification after the probationary period, return him/her to his/her former classification. During the probationary period, the Employee may elect to return to his/her former classification. On returning to his/her former classification, the time spent out of the classification shall be deemed to be time spent in the classification. At the conclusion of a successful probationary period, the Employee will be advised in writing that school his/her promotion has been made permanent. 18.4 At any time during the first thirty (30) calendar days that an Employee has been promoted to a position outside the bargaining unit, the Company may return the Employee to his/her former job, or the Employee may elect to return to his/her former job and, upon his/her return, the time spent out of the classification shall be deemed to be time spent in the classification. 18.5 When an Employee is promoted into a higher-rated job classification, he/she shall immediately move into the higher salary group and receive a salary increase which is at least the equivalent of one full increment in his/her former group rounded up to the next highest step in the new group, and he/she shall automatically progress upward on the ABCE bulletin board and via email annual or semi-annual anniversary date of his/her promotion to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work daysnew group. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within 18.5.1 An Employee who is “over-scale” or at the provisions top of Article Xscale with regard to wages, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 and who is subsequently promoted shall, in lieu of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected increment provided for interviews shall be from in paragraph 18.5, receive an amount equal to the pool average increase in his/her former group (i.e. the total difference between the start and top rates divided by the number of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold steps = average), plus any amount necessary to place the Employee on a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined step in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesnew scale.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings A. The appointing authority is recognized as the sole authority to appoint an applicant to a vacant position. When the appointing authority determines that a vacancy is to be filled, it will be made public on a website designated for instructional that purpose and administrative positions through which applications shall be posted submitted.. The appointing authority will not be obligated to consider an application for a position from an employee who has not submitted his/ her application by the date on which the District website. Notice posting states it will close. B. For the purpose of these vacancies this Article, promotion shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior defined as an appointment to the filling a position of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August a higher job grade; a change in job title without a change in job grade shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to considered a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurlateral appointment. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed SECTION 2. Vacant positions in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions the bargaining unit will be posted within that school as internal campus job postings on the ABCE bulletin board University’s on-line applicant tracking system for a minimum of seven (7) business days before being posted for external (off-campus) applicants. Applications submitted online by internal (on-campus) applicants and via email to all current staff at that school site where received during the opening occurs at least five (5) work days internal campus job posting period by the hiring department will be considered prior to interviewing any external applicants for the position. Internal applicant may also submit a written application form for such internal campus job postings under procedures of the Employment Office. Such written application forms will be mailed to the department and/or hiring authority for the position through campus mail. Hiring departments will not be required to hold internal campus job posting if the written application form is received after the seven (7) business day internal posting period. SECTION 3. In filling vacancies, campus seniority will govern where, upon review by the appointing authority, the ability, experience, training, and education of the applicants are equal. In the event the appointing authority fills a vacancy by appointing a non-bargaining unit applicant and such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that schoolappointment results in bypassing the campus seniority of a bargaining unit applicant, then the vacancy will reasons for bypassing the bargaining unit employee’s seniority, if requested, shall be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions given in writing to the employee and/or the Association. Only a senior bargaining unit member, who has been bypassed, and/or the Association, shall have the right to request such information. Under these circumstances, the appointing authority’s determination may be grieved and processed through arbitration. In the event arbitration is invoked hereunder, the arbitrator’s authority shall be limited to reviewing, consistent with the criteria set forth herein, the appointing authority’s determination that the qualifications of the successful and unsuccessful candidates are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, equal. A unit member or the Association may file grieve his/ her non-selection for a grievance at position only to Step 2 4 of the grievance provisionprocess if such position was awarded to another unit member. 10.4 Applicants selected SECTION 4. The Employer shall use reasonable efforts to answer requests for interviews shall be from information regarding the pool of certified search and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary selection procedure submitted by the senior unit member, who has been bypassed and makes such request pursuant to Section 2 or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy Section 3 and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined requests made in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesinvestigation of a grievance filed under Section 2 or Section 3.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions A. The administration shall be posted notify teachers of all vacancies occurring in the teaching staff of the school district during the school year by posting a notice of vacancies on the District websiteteachers’ bulletin board for a period of not less than ten days. Notice A copy of such notice shall also be served upon the Association, with a copy to teachers still on the seniority list who are on layoff. Teachers who have expressed a desire for a given vacancy in accordance with paragraph two below will be informed of vacancies occurring after the close of school. Applications of professional staff members will be given full consideration in the filling of these vacancies shall vacancies. B. A teacher may apply for any position at any time. Such application should be posted at least five (5) work days prior in writing, addressed to the superintendent of schools. Applications will be considered should such vacancy occur, either during the school year or during the summer. C. In filling a vacancy within the bargaining unit, the Board agrees to give due weight to the professional background and attainments of all applicants, the length of time each has been in the school system, and other relevant factors. The decision of the Board as to the filling of such vacancyvacancies shall, however, be final. Vacancies which occur during JuneAny teacher who applies for a vacancy and does not get it, July, and August may discuss the reasons for (or request in writing) the Board’s action with his principal and/or the superintendent. D. Notice of vacancies in the supplemental schedule shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE teachers’ bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work daysof vacancies. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews E. No vacancy or new position shall be from filled without posting, except in case of emergency and then only on a temporary basis until the pool of certified and qualified applicants onlyabove criteria are met. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches Temporary basis shall be defined to mean up to the certification(s) required for three months during the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatessummer vacation.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional ‌ A. JOB VACANCIES‌ 1. Posting of Vacancies The board shall notify all GRESPA employees by email and administrative post via the web, newly created or vacant positions shall be posted on within the District websitebargaining unit. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least Within five (5) work working days prior after notice is provided, any employee in the bargaining unit may notify Human Resources that he/she is interested in applying for the position, via the online bidding process. a. The District and the Association agree that it is important for both parties to be supportive and encouraging to those employees who wish to advance in their career. Furthermore, both parties equally understand that neither shall usurp the filling posting by specifically seeking out candidates to fill (future) open positions. b. Current assignments of such vacancyemployees may be adjusted upon agreement of the employee, the District and the Association. 2. Vacancies which occur during June, JulyAward of the Vacancy Qualifications for vacancies are defined as follows: The employee has the necessary qualifications and the present ability to perform the essential functions of the position in an effective and efficient manner as stated in the job description. The district shall award job vacancies on the following basis: a. The district will first award the position to a qualified employee within the department. If more than one employee in the particular department has applied for the position, and August has the necessary qualifications and present ability, the district will then review the previous 12 months attendance records and previous three (3) years of discipline records of these employees as a determining factor in the selection process. If these criteria are equal, then the employee with the greatest departmental seniority shall be posted granted the position. b. If no employee within the department has applied for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur the particular job classification and sector, then the district will award the job to another employee within one week of the beginning of schoolGRESPA unit, within one week after who has applied for the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-countclassification and sector provided the employee is qualified. c. By mutual written agreement between the District and GRESPA, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, an employee may be filled prior required to transfer from a dissatisfactory situation into a vacant position in the job closing if department in another sector/classification, which has no outstanding internal transfer request from another employee with the department. 3. Students, summer employees and/or temporary help shall not displace employees from employment who are covered by this Agreement. The district may offer non-GRESPA employees the opportunity to work in custodial positions when the positions are not covered by a qualified applicant is availablecurrent GRESPA employee. B. AWARDED POSITIONS‌ 1. Agreement between When a permanent vacancy occurs in the Superintendent and positions covered by this Agreement, which the ABCE President District wishes to fill, employees will be necessary for allowed to bid on these positions in the same manner as provided in section A. The District may temporarily assign an employee to perform a permanent new job or vacancy until the position has been awarded under this section or otherwise filled by the District. Employees who receive an award of a job under this section are ineligible to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with bid on or receive advancement or transfer within the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occursame school year. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed 2. When a job vacancy becomes available under Section A (1), departmental employees not in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then classification of the vacancy will be advertised county wide for given preference over employees in other departments and new hires. The District will award the job to the most qualified employee, and where qualifications are relatively equal, to the more senior qualified employee based on departmental seniority. In considering an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within employee's qualifications to perform the provisions of Article Xrequired work, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of District shall consider the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternatelyemployee's skill, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOLability, Readingexperience, training, productivity, work performance, work record, attendance record, dependability, and Giftedseniority. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need Employees who do not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet possess the minimum criteria qualifications as outlined in the districtjob description, shall not be considered in determining the qualified employee. If no current employee within the department with the opening possesses the minimum qualifications, then the District will encourage candidates from outside the department within the GRESPA unit. If no employee in the GRESPA unit possesses the minimum qualifications, then the District shall encourage candidates from outside the collective bargaining unit. 3. An employee whose classification changes due to a promotion under this section shall serve a trial period of six months in the new classification. During this period, the employer may return the employee to the next available vacant position in the former employee's Process classification. C. JOB SHARE‌ Two (2) employees may agree to share one (1) position with written approval of the immediate supervisor and the Superintendent and/or designee. It is agreed, that both parties (Association and Board) will meet to discuss the feasibility of such a job share, however the following criteria are considered to be minimum: 1. Both employees shall be qualified for Granting District CTE Certificatesthe position. 2. The employees will both assume the classification of the position. 3. The employees must agree to accept full-time employment in the event the other employee in the shared position terminates employment. 4. A leave of absence without pay shall not be available to one (1) employee unless: (a) the other employee agrees to assume the position full-time, or (b) an acceptable alternative is available, (c) the employee is disabled, or (d) eligible for FMLA. 5. In the event of a layoff, the employee not laid-off has the option of (a) or (b) above. 6. Both employees agree to participate fully in required functions of the position such as evening work or other duties as assigned by the Administrator. 7. Both employees will be allowed insurance coverage pursuant to Article 7, Section B. 8. Both employees will sign a Job Share Agreement with a beginning and ending date that will be retained in Human Resources and shall be considered for renewal upon the recommendation of the immediate supervisor of the employees. 9. In the event that a job-sharing situation is deemed unworkable by the immediate supervisors, the employee who originally held the position when the job sharing began will be offered the position full-time. If, however, the original employee does not accept the full-time position, it will be offered to the other job-sharing employee. If both employees decline the offer of the position, it will be posted as a full-time position per Article 12, Section 1.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 For purposes of this Article, a "promotional position" is defined as any position paying a salary differential and/or any position on the administrator-supervisor level. 10.2 Whenever any vacancy in a professional or promotional position occurs or a new position is created by the Committee during the school year (September to June), such vacancy or position will be adequately publicized by the Superintendent by means of a notice conspicuously placed on the Association bulletin board in every school as far in advance of the appointment as possible. During the months of July and August, written notice of any such vacancy will be given to the President of the Association and the Chairman of the Professional Rights and Responsibilities Committee by certified mail. In both situations, the qualifications for the positions, the duties and the rate of compensation will be clearly set forth. The qualifications set forth for a particular position will not be changed when such future vacancies occur unless the Association has been notified in advance of such changes. No vacancy will be filled except on a temporary basis, within fifteen (15) days from the date the notice is posted in the schools or the giving of notice to the Association. During the months of July and August, written notification of a vacancy will be mailed to any teacher who has left with the Superintendent's office a self-addressed, stamped envelope for that purpose; after mailing, any and all risks or lack of, or untimely notice connected with this undertaking shall remain solely that of teachers concerned. 10.3 All openings teachers will be given adequate opportunity to make applications for instructional such positions, and administrative the Principal and/or Superintendent agree to give weight to the professional background and attainments of all applicants, the length of time each has been in the school system, and other relevant factors. In filling such vacancies, all other qualifications being equal, preference will be given to qualified teachers already employed by the Committee, and each teacher applicant not selected will receive a written notification, within five (5) days, of the action taken by the Principal and/or Superintendent. If the Committee determines that an advertised vacancy is to be filled, such appointment will be made, subject to the availability of qualified candidates, not later than sixty (60) days after posting of the vacancy. (a) Any vacancy in a bargaining unit position shall be filled by an employee who shall be covered by all the terms and conditions of the current Master Agreement between the Association and the Committee, provided the vacancy is one of duration no less than ninety- one (91) workdays. Postings for any vacancy caused by a long-term leave of absence shall be marked: This is a vacancy as a result of a long-term leave of absence. (b) A vacancy in a bargaining unit position may be filled by an employee who is not covered by the terms and conditions of the Master Agreement, provided the vacancy is one of duration less than or equal to ninety (90) workdays. (c) An employee filling a vacancy in a bargaining unit position who is not covered by the terms and conditions of the Master Agreement shall be afforded coverage under all terms and conditions of the Master Agreement beginning with that employee’s ninety-first (91st) workday in that position. (d) Any vacancy with an anticipated duration of three (3) calendar months or longer shall be posted. (e) The provisions of Section 10.4 (a) through 10.4 (d) do not apply to permanent daily substitutes who work assignments on a daily basis; the rates of pay for these positions shall be determined by the Committee. 10.5 All Coaching vacancies which the School Committee determines to fill shall be posted within fourteen (14) calendar days of their occurrence. Said positions shall be posted on for fourteen (14) calendar days. Within fourteen (14) calendar days of the District websiteclosing date of the postings, interviews for the positions will be completed. Notice The Superintendent agrees to appoint a candidate or repost the positions in accordance with this procedure within fourteen (14) calendar days of these vacancies the date of the completion of the interviews. The above time limits may be shortened by mutual agreement of the parties. All appointments to coaching positions shall be posted at least five (5) work days on an annual basis and appointees shall be notified in writing prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week start of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, applicable season. 10.6 The above time limits may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D shortened or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 extended by mutual agreement of the grievance provisionparties. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and A. Whenever any permanent vacancy occurs in an administrative positions shall position in this bargaining unit, it will be posted adequately publicized by the Superintendent by means of a notice placed on the District websiteAssociation bulletin board in every school as far in advance of the appointment as possible. Notice During the months of these vacancies shall July and August, written notice of any such vacancy will be posted at least five (5) work days prior given to the filling of such vacancyAssociation. Vacancies which occur during JuneIn both situations, Julythe qualifications for the position, its duties and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of schoolcompensation, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may current salary schedule, will be filled prior clearly set forth. The qualifications set forth for a particular position will not be changed when such future vacancies occur unless the Association has been notified in advance of such changes and reasons therefore. A disagreement over the necessity for such change will be subject to the job closing, with an available, certified grievance and qualified applicantarbitration procedures set forth in this Agreement. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the No vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five filled, except on a temporary basis, within thirty (530) work daysdays from the date the notice is posted in the schools or the giving of notification to the Association. A permanent vacancy is understood to be the result of termination, death, resignation, retirement, promotion or creation of a new position. 10.3 If positions B. All qualified administrators will be given adequate opportunity to make application for such administrative positions, and the Superintendent agrees to give due weight to the professional background and attainments of all applicants, seniority, and other relevant factors. In filling such vacancies, first consideration will be given to qualified administrators already employed by the Committee and each administrator applicant shall be granted an interview by the Superintendent or designee before the appointment is made. Appointments will be made not later than ninety (90) days after the notice is posted in the schools or the giving of notification to the Association. C. Appointments will be made without regard to race, creed, color, age, religion, nationality, sex or marital status. A. Temporary vacancies are defined as those vacancies which are not properly advertised permanent as defined in Paragraph A. The Superintendent reserves the right to fill or not fill such temporary vacancies. Should the Superintendent determine to fill such temporary vacancies, it will do so by making an appointment for the length of the temporary vacancy. The Superintendent will make the decision to fill or not fill the temporary vacancy within a reasonable period from the provisions event causing the temporary vacancy. The Superintendent will fill the temporary vacancy within a reasonable period of the posting. In filling such temporary vacancy the Superintendent will give all qualified administrators adequate opportunity to make application for such temporary positions and agrees to give due weight to the professional background and attachments of all applicants and other relevant factors. The temporary administrator will be paid on a per diem rate computed as the difference between the per diem rate of the temporary position and the per diem rate of the temporary administrator’s permanent position. The no loss of earnings concept of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants onlyVIII-(6) will apply. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida Individuals serving in temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required administrator positions will not accrue any additional seniority for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined time served in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatestemporary assignment.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions shall A. Whenever a permanent vacancy in a professional position in the bargaining unit, caused by retirement, death, resignation, promotion or discharge or any newly created position in the bargaining unit, occurs other than that of a classroom teacher, it will be posted adequately publicized by the Superintendent by means of a notice placed on the District websiteAssociation Bulletin Board in every school as far in advance of the appointment as possible. Notice During the months of these vacancies shall July and August, written notice of any such vacancy will be posted at least five (5) work days prior given to the filling of such vacancyAssociation. Vacancies which occur during JuneIn both situations, Julythe qualifications for the position, its duties and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised compensation in accordance with the contract but may current salary schedule will be filled prior clearly set forth. The qualifications set forth for a particular position will not be changed when such future vacancies occur unless the Association has been notified in advance of such changes and reasons therefor. A disagreement over the necessity for such change will be subject to the job closinggrievance and arbitration procedures set forth in this Association. No vacancy will be filled, with an availableexcept on a temporary basis, certified within thirty (30) days from the date the notice is posted in the schools or the giving of notification to the Association. B. All qualified teachers will be given adequate opportunity to make application for such positions, and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent agrees to give due weight to the professional background and the ABCE President attainments of all applicants, seniority, and other relevant factors. In filling such vacancies, first consideration will be necessary for this given to occurqualified teachers already employed by the Committee and each teacher applicant shall be granted an interview by the Superintendent or designee before the appointment is made. Appointments will be made not later than ninety (90) days after the notice is posted in the schools or the giving of notification to the Association. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed C. The Superintendent agrees to post newly created positions only, which arise under the Unit A contract, to all staff during implementation of a reduction in Appendix D force and subsequent related reassignments. The parties agree that such application will be considered in accordance with the provisions of this article as it relates to newly created positions and is in the best interests of the teacher(s) and/or school(s) affected. D. Appointments will be made without regard to race, creed, color, age, religion, nationality, sex or other extra-compensated marital status. E. Permanent vacancies caused by retirement, death, resignation, promotion or discharge or any newly created positions which occur in regular classroom positions will be posted within that school on as per Paragraph A. The Superintendent, however, reserves the ABCE bulletin board and via email right not to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then fill the vacancy until the start of the next school year and provided, further, the filling of vacancies under this Paragraph D will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within subject to the provisions of Article XXII. F. Temporary vacancies are defined as those vacancies which are not permanent as defined in Paragraph A. The Superintendent reserves the right to fill or not fill such temporary vacancies. Should the Superintendent determine to fill such temporary vacancies, it will do so by making an appointment for the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 length of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be temporary vacancy. The Superintendent will make the decision to fill or not fill the temporary vacancy within a reasonable period from the pool event causing the temporary vacancy. The Superintendent will fill the temporary vacancy within a reasonable period of certified the posting. In filling such temporary vacancy the Superintendent will give all qualified teachers adequate opportunity to make application for such temporary positions and qualified agrees to give due weight to the professional background and attachments of all applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesother relevant factors.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional Section 13.01. Whenever there is a job vacancy in the exclusive Bargaining Unit covered by this contract, and administrative positions the Employer intends to fill the vacancy, The Department of Administrative Services will be excluded from the bidding process. A notice of the opening shall be posted on for five (5) working days. If applicable, the District websiteposting shall include the current location of the vacancy; however, this clause does not restrict the Employer’s right to assign employees to work locations. Notice of these vacancies All eligible employees as defined by Article 13.05, in the Bargaining Unit, shall be posted at least have that five (5) work days prior day period in which to bid for the filling job by submitting a written application addressing his qualifications. The posting notice shall contain the job classification title, rate of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during Junepay, Julyshift, brief job description, and August immediate supervisor. All applications timely filed shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of reviewed by the beginning of schoolEmployer, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to and the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised awarded within five (5) working days in accordance with the contract but following criteria, which shall be given equal weight. A. Classification Seniority (including time spent cross-training in a classification) B. Physical Fitness C. Agency-wide Seniority D. Employee’s current attendance, performance and disciplinary record Work experience, physical fitness, seniority and Employee’s current attendance, performance and disciplinary record are weighed equally in determining which employee is awarded a job. Physical and Mental Ability may be filled prior used as a qualifier to determine whether or not an employee can bid on a position. This does not mean that the Employer shall not consider a disabled individual (as defined by ADA) who can with reasonable accommodation perform the job closingthat he is bidding on. In the event of a tie, with Agency-wide seniority shall be the deciding factor. Section 13.02. A uniform application form for job bidding shall be mutually developed by the parties and attached to this Agreement as Appendix C. Section 13.03. An employee who is awarded a job under these provisions shall receive the rate of pay of the new classification immediately and shall be placed in the position awarded within thirty (30) calendar days of the award date. A. Employees who are awarded a position in a higher pay range shall be placed in a step which is at least three percent (3%) greater than their present base rate. B. Employees who are awarded a position in the same pay range shall continue to receive their same rate of pay. C. Employees who are awarded a position in a lower pay range shall remain in the same step. If the lower classification does not contain a step equal to that of the current classification, the employee shall be placed in the maximum step of the lower classification. Section 13.04. In order to bid on any Case Manager position, an availableemployee must have a Registered Nursing or Licensed Practicing Nursing Degree. Section 13.05. Employees are prohibited from bidding on a new position for six (6) months from the award date of current position. This restriction shall not apply to a nonprobationary part-time employee bidding on a full-time position, certified and qualified applicantbut once the employee is awarded a full time position, the restriction then applies. Agreement between If an employee returns voluntarily to prior position, he is prohibited from bidding on another position for a period of six (6) months from the Superintendent date of his return to prior classification. If an employee is involuntarily returned to his or her prior classification (including failure of probation), he or she is not prohibited from bidding on another position. Section 13.06. If the Employer and the ABCE President will be necessary for this Union agree in a Labor Management setting that a position has changed significantly enough to occurjustify reclassification, such reclassification may take place at the local level with the agreement of the Employer and Union. The Employer and Union agree to meet within forty-five (45) calendar days of an employee's written request to their immediate supervisor to resolve reclassification. 10.2 All openings Section 13.07. In the event a part-time position becomes a full-time position so outlined in Article 13, Section 13.01 shall be followed. Section 13.08. When the Agency posts a vacancy for supplements listed the position of Center Director, an eligible employee may notify the Agency in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted writing within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work working days prior of his or her desire for a lateral transfer will be granted to filling such vacancythe employee with greater Classification seniority. If no one is chosen from that schoolthose employees requesting transfer have equal Classification seniority, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews transfer shall be from granted ot the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid inemployee with greater Agency-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificateswide seniority.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or A. Whenever any vacancy in a professional position occurs during the school year due (September to June), it will be adequately publicized by the Superintendent by means of a resignation or approved transfernotice placed on the Association bulletin board in every school as well as through school email to all bargaining unit members as far in advance of the appointment as possible. During the summer months, may notices of vacancies will be filled placed on the Rockport Public School’s website. An employee who wishes to receive said notices by mail shall leave self-addressed envelopes with the Superintendent’s office prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is availableend of the school year. Agreement between In both situations, the Superintendent qualifications for the position, its duties and the ABCE President rate of compensation, will be necessary clearly set forth. The qualifications set forth for this to a particular position will not be changed when such future vacancies occur. Vacancies that occur , unless the Association has been notified in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent advance of such changes and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancyreasons therefore. If no one is chosen from that school, then the No vacancy will be advertised county wide for filled, except on a temporary basis, within ten (10) days from the date the notice is posted in the schools or the giving of notification to the Association, except in the situation where the Superintendent shall determine an additional five emergency exists, at which time they may waive the ten (510) work daysdays to a twenty-four (24) hour notification period of vacancy. The decision of the Superintendent in determining an emergency shall be subject to Article III, the grievance procedure. 10.3 If positions B. All qualified teachers, who apply in writing by the posting deadline, will be given adequate opportunity to make applications for such positions, and all Rockport teachers who apply and are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertisedwill be granted an interview. Qualified: Anyone using The Principal and/or Superintendent agree to give due weight to the High Objective Uniform State Standard professional background and attainments of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan all applicants, the length of time each has been in the school system, and other relevant factors. The right and obligation of the Principal and/or Superintendent under the law to qualify must meet fill vacancies according to their best judgment and consistent with the criteria outlined in School Board policy terms and match conditions of the certification required for statutes of the Commonwealth are hereby reaffirmed. C. In filling summer school and evening school positions, the best qualified available individuals will be employed. In situations where a Rockport teacher is equally well qualified, they will be given preference. D. Whenever a new position is created, the Committee shall notify the Association and will, upon request, discuss whether the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required is appropriate to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification Unit A within fourteen (non-transferable14) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet days after said request of the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE CertificatesAssociation.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 A. All openings vacancies and newly created positions on the secretarial staff will be posted by the Personnel Office and a copy sent to each member of the Association. This includes any position of more than four (4) weeks duration regardless of the number of hours worked, but does not include student help. All postings will be reviewed with the BSA President before being posted. B. When all vacancies occur, the Director of Human Resources and Labor Relations will notify the Association President within two business days of such vacancies and the vacant position will be posted within five (5) business days. The position will be posted internally for instructional not less than 5 days and administrative positions consideration given to members of the Bedford Secretarial Association wishing to transfer to the vacated position. All secretaries applying within the posted period will be granted an interview. All applicants from within the system shall be posted on interviewed within ten (10) working days of the District websiteending of the posting period. Notice Awarding of these vacancies the vacant position will occur within 5 days of the last interview. If the internal applicant(s) is not selected for the position, they shall be sent a written explanation from the Director of Human Resources and Labor Relations stating the reason(s) they were not selected. In the event no BSA member applies within the posted time, or is accepted following internal interviews, external applications will be accepted and candidates interviewed no sooner than 72 hours after the completion of internal interviews. C. No vacancy shall be filled, except on a temporary basis in case of emergency, until such vacancy shall have been posted at least five (5) work school days prior to from the filling date of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or distribution during the school year due and within seven (7) calendar days from the date of distribution during the non-school months. In the event an employee is absent during the posting period, and desires to apply for the vacancy, the Union President or designee may submit an application on the employee's behalf during the five (5) day posting period. D. A regular employee temporarily assigned to a resignation position in a higher classification shall be paid at the appropriate step and classification for the position to which she/he is temporarily assigned. 1. When the employer chooses to temporarily assign an employee to a position in a higher classification, she/he shall perform all duties/responsibilities of that respective position. 2. Before receiving compensation at the higher rate, the employee temporarily assigned to a position in a higher classification shall be assigned in that position a minimum of two (2) or approved more consecutive hours. 3. This section is applicable only when an employee is temporarily assigned to a position of higher classification to replace, not assist/help/aid the secretary in a higher classification, in which case no additional compensation will be granted as assisting others is an expectation of the job. E. Notification of all appointments shall be sent to each member of the Association by the President of the Association/Director of Human Resources and Labor Relations following the appointment. F. Any probationary employee or regular employee may not make formal application on another District Bedford Secretarial Association position/vacancy until six (6) calendar months in the current position. Special or unusual circumstances may exist, whereby mutual consent of the employee and employer may grant special approval. G. The parties recognize the importance of providing training to secretaries who accept new positions within the District. The Board agrees that when a secretary transfers to a new position, the supervising administrators will work cooperatively to ensure a smooth transition. Within the first thirty (30) days after the transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President new secretary will be necessary for this given the opportunity to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance train with the contract but may be filled prior to secretary who previously held the job closingposition whenever practical on an as needed basis. Upon conclusion of the first thirty (30) days, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President training will be necessary for this to occuraddressed whenever necessary. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed H. No employee will be involuntarily transferred except in Appendix D critical or other extra-compensated emergency situations. I. Current BSA positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five when there is a change in job classification and/or an increase/decrease of one (51) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work dayshour or more. 10.3 J. If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the current BSA position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Readingis occupied, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying it is posted for positions any reason, that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold member holding that certification prior position must bid on that position to being selected for an interview but must meet retain her right to the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesposition, if so desired.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or A. Whenever any vacancy in a professional position occurs during the school year due (September to a resignation or approved transferJune), may it will be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between adequately publicized by the Superintendent by means of electronic communication to all staff and by a notice placed on the ABCE President school bulletin board as far in advance as possible. For any vacancies that occur during the months of July and August, notification will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and sent out via email to “Xxxxxx-all” and to the Association President’s personal email who will forward to association members. In both situations, the qualifications for the position, its duties, and the rate of compensation will be clearly set forth. The qualifications set forth for a particular position will not be changed arbitrarily, capriciously or without basis in fact when such vacancies occur in the future. B. In either situation, the qualifications for the position, its duties and the rate of compensation will be clearly set forth. The qualifications set forth for a particular position will not be changed arbitrarily, capriciously or without basis in fact when such vacancies occur in the future. C. All qualified teachers will be given (10) days from the date of notification to the President of the Association or his or her designee to apply for such positions, and the Principal agrees to give due weight to the professional background and attainments of all current staff at that school site where applicants, the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to length of time each has been engaged in teaching, grade level and other relevant factors. When all other factors are substantially equal, preference in filling such vacancyvacancies will be given to qualified teachers already employed by the Committee. Permanent appointments will be made as soon as possible. D. The Committee agrees to recall teachers on a seniority basis within their area of certification. Teachers certified for vacancies shall be re-hired in the inverse order of their release. If no one a recall offer is chosen from that schooldeclined by a teacher within a two (2) year recall period, then the vacancy individual will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within granted restored benefits upon subsequent recall at the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 discretion of the grievance provisionSchool Committee. This obligation will cease for any teacher who has been laid off for more than two (2) consecutive years. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative 1. When vacancies occur in positions, notice of such positions shall be posted on circulated by the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5Executive Director(s) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, Julyall Site/Service Administrator, and August shall be posted for only four seven (47) work daysdays in each building in which SCEC employees are assigned. Vacancies that occur within one week Outside advertising of the beginning vacancy may also be done, in the exclusive discretion of schoolthe Executive Director(s). In an emergency and with the consent of the Union President(s), within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or necessity to post during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, July and August may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is availablewaived. 2. Agreement between the Superintendent Qualifications, requirements, duties, and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” other pertinent information shall be advertised set forth in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurnotice. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D 3. Any vacancy or other extra-compensated positions will promotion shall be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email open to all current, qualified employees and applications of qualified, current staff at that school site where employees shall be reviewed. 4. In filling a vacancy or making a promotion, the opening occurs at least five (5Executive Director(s) work days prior to filling such vacancywill consider the qualifications of the applicants. The Executive Director(s) will also consider the factors as described in Article T, Section 6. If no one it is chosen from determined by the Board or its designee that schoola current employee(s) is/are qualified as any outside applicant, then the vacancy most senior employee/applicant, as defined in Article T, Section 6, will be advertised county wide given preference. Exclusive discretion for an additional five (5) work daysthese decisions’ rests with the Board and its designees, and these decisions shall not be arbitrary or capricious. 10.3 If positions 5. In filling vacancies beyond the regular work year, such as summer school, evening school, or federally funded programs, current employees will be given the same consideration as described above in this article. 6. All postings must have a closing date no more than twenty-one (21) calendar days from the date of the original posting unless otherwise agreed upon. Postings will be refreshed on a biweekly basis on any advertising sites and internal emails. 7. In cases where vacancies are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article Xfilled by internal candidates, the Association may file a grievance employee will begin work at Step 2 their new position no later than one (1) month from the closing date of the grievance provisionposting for that position, unless mutually agreed upon among the employee and administrator(s), to extend the time due to the needs of the program(s). 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions A. The appointing authority is recognized as the sole authority to appoint an applicant to a vacant position. When the appointing authority determines that a vacancy is to be filled, it will be published in the "Yellow Sheet" as outlined in Article 17D. Appointments shall be posted published within ten (10) calendar days following the appearance of the appointee's name on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, payroll register and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the further provisions of Article X17D. The appointing authority will not be obligated to consider an application for a position from an employee who has not submitted his/her request, nor registered under the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 current blanket policy of the grievance provisionappointing authority, on or before the seventh (7th) calendar day after the vacancy is posted. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews B. For the purpose of this Article, promotion shall be from defined as an appointment to a position of a higher job grade; a change in job title without a change in job grade shall be considered a lateral appointment. Section 2 All applications for a vacant position shall be divided into priority subgroups a, b, c, and d respectively. The University Employment Office shall send at one time all groups of applicants for a vacant position to the appointing authority. Only after the review, which will include interviews where appropriate, of each group has been completed and no sufficiently qualified candidate has been selected, may the appointing authority look at and review the applications of the next group. The appointing authority shall hold the applications and shall consider each group in the following order of priority: Subgroup A – The applications of bargaining unit employees and other applicants within the targeted pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches as defined by the certification(s) required for appointing authority’s affirmative action program, only if the position being advertisedhas been targeted by the appointing authority’s affirmative action program. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard Subgroup B – The applications of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet probationary employees within the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesbargaining unit. Subgroup C – The applications of probationary unit members.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional 12.01 A vacancy shall be defined as any position in the bargaining unit which is open and which no member in the unit on leave has a contractual right to fill. Vacancies occur due to resignation, retirement, or other termination of a unit member, or when a new position is created. 12.01.01 A promotional vacancy shall be defined as an unfilled position listed as having an administrative ratio. A unit member moving from one administrative ratio position to another with the same title and ratio shall be considered as a transfer. 12.01.02 A temporary vacancy shall be defined as a position to which a unit member on leave has a claim pursuant to Article 21. These positions shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these as temporary vacancies shall and must be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during Junereposted and filled should they become a vacancy defined in 12.01. 12.02 Whenever any vacancy in an administrative, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-countsupervisory, or extracurricular level position occurs during the school year due (September to a resignation or approved transferJune), may it will be filled publicized by mailing thirty (30) copies of the notice to the President of the Association. During the months of July and August, the Superintendent shall send postings of vacancies and promotions within the system to those teachers who request them. Such requests for notification shall be made in writing to the Superintendent prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurJune 30. 10.2 12.03 All openings for supplements listed other professional positions, not included in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions Article 12.02, will be posted within that school on for informational purposes. 12.04 The qualifications for the ABCE bulletin board position, its duties, and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling rate of compensation will be clearly set forth. No person shall be hired for such vacancyposition unless he meets the posted qualifications. If no one is chosen from that school, then the No vacancy will be advertised county wide filled, except on a temporary basis, until after the period of time posted for an additional five (5) work daysthe filing of applications. The closing date for applications shall be no sooner than 14 days from the initial date of posting. 10.3 If 12.05 Qualifications for all positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, for which there is a supplementary salary will be filed with the Association may file on the opening day of school each year. 12.06 The Association agrees not to grieve nor to support a grievance at Step 2 alleging that the Committee has failed to fill a vacancy in a bargaining unit position for the duration of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from contract. The Committee may at its discretion choose to fill a vacancy or allow the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required vacancy to remain unfilled for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using duration of the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE CertificatesAgreement.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions Whenever any vacancy in any professional position in the District shall occur, the Board shall post the same by giving written notice of such vacancy during the contracted school year. A vacancy shall be posted on defined for the District websitepurpose of this Contract as a position presently unfilled, a position currently filled but which will be open in the future, or a new position that is currently not in existence. Notice A vacancy may result from the retirement, transfer, reassignment, or termination of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling present Association members or by expansion of such vacancypresent programs or creation of new programs. 1. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or occurring during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may between biddings shall first be temporarily filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurrecall provisions in Article XI. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on a. In the ABCE bulletin board event there are no laid off staff qualified and via email certified to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such fill said vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide filled on a temporary basis per Article V, Section E. b. All retirements, resignations and new positions announced prior to Bid Day shall be subject to bid. The Tecumseh Education Association President shall be notified of all vacancies as they are announced. c. Vacancies in Extended Professional Services positions may be filled permanently after the position has been posted for an additional five (5) work school days. 10.3 2. A vacant position that will only last for one year shall be identified as such on Bid Day. 3. When a class is closed and moved to another building, a teacher starting with the most District seniority at that grade level in that building has the first option to move. Choice of movement is based on District seniority in that building and grade. If no one chooses to move, the least seniored teacher must move or bid out at Bid Day. Teacher assignment will be determined by District seniority if a class is closed or moved. This provision does not apply for one (1) year positions. 4. During the school year, there shall be one (1) Bid Day. This Bid Day shall be held on April 15th, if school is in session; if school in not in session, Bid Day will be on the next regularly scheduled school day. All bargaining unit members will have the opportunity to attend this District-wide meeting where they may bid on vacancies that have occurred during the school year and resulting vacancies created by members moving into vacant positions. a. The primary criteria for filling all teaching positions internally shall be qualification, certification, plus seniority in the Tecumseh School District. Where qualifications of bidders are equal, vacancies will be filled by the individual with the most seniority in the Tecumseh School District. b. All vacant teaching positions shall be filled first by staff applying from within the system before placing someone from outside the District. c. The bid session shall not extend beyond five (5) rounds of bidding. In the event there are staff members still displaced or without assignments, said staff members shall be administratively assigned to any remaining vacancies. If staff still remain without a teacher position, they will be subject to lay off pursuant to Article XI, D. d. Positions that occur after Bid Day, and are filled prior to the first work day of the new school year, are not subject to the bid process. e. Teachers who are on an improvement plan shall not be eligible to bid on any vacancies. f. A new teacher hired for a specific teaching assignment will not be able to bid for a different assignment for the first four (4) years of employment in the District unless the teacher is subject to layoff or the Superintendent approves in advance of the bidding process the opportunity to bid. g. Following discussion with the Association President, the District may exempt (withhold) up to two (2) vacant positions from the bid day process and subsequently post and fill those positions with applicants from within or outside the District whom the District deems to be the most qualified and the most likely to be successful in the position. h. All Extended Professional Service positions are not properly advertised exempt from the bid day process, and vacancies in such positions will be posted and filled first with qualified applicants from within the provisions of Article XDistrict. When the District deems an applicant from within the District is not qualified, justification will be made available to the applicant and/or the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 as authorized by the applicant. 5. When vacancies in any teaching positions occur after the close of the grievance provisionApril Bid Day, all members shall have the opportunity to notify the Personnel Office, in writing, of their desire to make a voluntary transfer. This written notification must take place on or before the last day of the school year. The District is responsible for notifying interested teachers of vacancies throughout the summer, subject to those teachers having left accurate address/information with the Personnel Office before leaving for the summer. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews 6. In the event a member interested in a vacancy cannot attend a bidding meeting due to hospitalization, bereavement leave, etc., then he/she shall be from able to assign a power of attorney to enable the pool of representative to act on his/her behalf. 7. If a vacancy in a difficult to fill position occurs during the summer months, then the Board shall send a posting to remaining certified and qualified applicants onlystaff members. Certified: Hold Postings may be sent anytime but no later than July 22. Interested staff members shall notify the Board within ten (10) days of the mailing. The definition of difficult positions shall be mutually agreed to by the parties no later than June 1 of each year. 8. When vacancies in Extended Professional Services positions occur during the summer period, Association members shall be notified by letter of vacancies provided those members place six (6) self-addressed, stamped envelopes in the Board office to transmit said notifications and shall be given an opportunity to apply for such vacancies. These vacancies shall be filled as outlined in subsection h above. No summer posting will be permanently filled unless it has been posted five (5) working days. A teacher who successfully bids due to the cancellation of his/her position shall be entitled to return to his/her former position in the event it is reinstated in the same school year. A teacher who has to pack up and move rooms within a valid in-field Florida temporary building or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required from building to building will receive a stipend of two days of substitute pay. Special talents or expertise needed for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using implementation of a new program, but not found on the High Objective Uniform State Standard School District staff, shall be sought through retraining of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesexisting staff wherever possible.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions (A) When there is a vacancy or a new position, promotional position, or position paying a salary differential, a notice shall be posted on in each school setting forth the District websitetitle and qualifications for the position. Notice of these vacancies In addition, the Superintendent shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior send a notice to the filling President of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August the Monticello Teachers' Association. (B) The notice shall be posted for only four (4) work days15 school days in all school buildings, after which the posting shall be taken down. Vacancies that occur within one week of All persons wishing to make application for the beginning of school, within one week after position shall make such application on forms available from the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, 's Office. A vacancy or new position will not be filled during the school year due posting period. (C) Teachers who desire to a resignation or approved transfer, apply for promotional positions and other positions which may be filled prior during the summer vacation period shall submit their names to the job closing Superintendent, together with the position or positions they desire to apply for, and an address where they can be reached during the summer vacation period. The Superintendent shall notify such teachers of any vacancy in a position for which they desire to apply. Such notice as to when applications must be submitted shall be sent as far in advance as practicable. (D) When selecting a person to fill the position, the Superintendent will take into consideration the applicant's qualifications, education, experience in the field, experience in the school system and the needs of the school system. In addition, if a qualified the applicant is available. Agreement between requests an interview, it will be granted. (E) The decision of the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” Board shall be advertised final. (F) The Superintendent may decide not to fill the vacancy or new position. (G) When a vacancy or new position is filled during the school year, notification shall be given by posting in accordance with all school buildings. When a vacancy or new position is filled during the contract but summer, notification shall be given by letter to all applicants. When it becomes necessary to fill a vacancy occurring during the school year, the Superintendent may be filled prior waive the posting procedure described in this article if the period of time available to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between Superintendent for filling the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one position is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work less than 15 days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 A. The Board recognizes that it is desirable in making assignments to consider all facets of the educational program including the interests and aspirations of its teachers. By April 15th, the administration shall identify the vacancies known at that time for the following year and post the listing throughout the district. Teachers wishing to apply for a vacancy listed may complete a "Request for Transfer" form and submit it to the Superintendent's Office no later than April 30th. Any other teacher requesting a change in assignment or transfer to another building shall submit a "Request for Transfer" form to the Superintendent or their Building Administrator by April 30th. All openings requests must be submitted on an annual basis. Prior to the end of the school year administrators will review requests, meet with the parties involved and make assignments. B. The parties recognize that transfers in grade assignments in the elementary schools, transfers in teaching assignments in the secondary schools and transfers between schools may be necessary. If such transfers are necessary, the Board will attempt to make transfers on a voluntary basis, in the best interest of students. The final determination of such transfers is vested in the Board. Transfer to another building after the close of the current school year for instructional the following year will be made only in the best interest of the total educational program. The Superintendent or his/her designee shall notify the affected teacher with reasons for such transfer. C. A vacancy shall be defined for the purpose of this Agreement as a position presently unfilled which the Board intends to fill when there is not a qualified person on leave or layoff available to fill the position. A vacancy may result from the retirement, transfer, reassignment or termination of present bargaining unit members or by expansion of present programs or creation of new programs. 1. If a vacancy occurs during the first semester of the school year and administrative positions there are no laid off staff qualified and certified to fill said vacancy, then the vacancy may in the discretion of the Board be filled permanently or on a temporary basis, for the remainder of the school year. 2. If a vacancy occurs during the second semester the vacancy will be filled on a temporary basis for the remainder of the school year. 3. These vacancies filled on a temporary basis shall be posted in April. D. The Board declares its support of a policy of filling all vacancies, including vacancies in supervisory or administrative positions, from within its own teaching staff. If the vacancy occurs on April15th, or later, the District websiteposting requirement will be one (1) week. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five If the vacancy occurs within three (53) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week weeks of the beginning start of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the position may be filled as soon as possible; however, prior to filling the vacancy those staff members who have indicated in writing they are interested in possible vacancies will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work daysnotified promptly by the Superintendent or his designee. 10.3 If positions are 1. Whenever vacancies occur during the normal summer months when regular school is not properly advertised within the provisions of Article Xin session, the Association may file following procedure in addition to the procedures heretofore outlined, shall be followed: a. Teachers with specific interest in possible vacancies shall include a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provisionsummer address. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews b. Should a vacancy occur, the Superintendent or his designee will notify the teaching staff that has expressed an interest in writing by mail in July. c. The teachers so notified shall be from have the pool responsibility of contacting the Superintendent indicating their interest in said position within three (3) days of a certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan mailing. d. Failure to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need select an internal candidate is not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesgrievable.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these permanent vacancies shall be posted for a two (2) week prior period to their being filled, however, permanent vacancies created after October 15th in any school year may not be posted, at least five (5) work days prior the discretion of the Superintendent, until the start of the next school year. The Superintendent reserves the right to fill such vacancies on a temporary basis for the remainder of the school year. Temporary appointments will be filled by substitute aides. It is understood by the parties to the filling agreement that substitute aides are excluded from all of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during Junethe provisions of this collective bargaining agreement, Julyexcept for compensation, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised sick leave earned in accordance with the contract but may terms of this agreement. After sixty (60) consecutive days worked, substitute aides will also be filled prior entitled to personal leave and bereavement leave as provided herein. Such substitute aide has the limited right to use the grievance procedure solely in those specific areas. Aides currently employed by the School Committee, in the bargaining unit, will be given consideration for permanent positions before hiring from outside the bargaining unit. Assignments to permanent vacancies will be based on seniority, past experience, ability and qualifications (qualifications as determined by the job closingdescription for the position). Prior to finalization of assignment or transfer, the aide shall meet with an availablethe building principal who shall approve such assignment, certified and qualified applicantconsistent with the terms of this Agreement. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President Substitute aides will not earn seniority for their period of service as substitute aides except that if such continuous service is immediately followed by a regular appointment to a permanent position such service will be necessary recognized for this seniority purposes. Permanent vacancies shall be defined as those vacancies caused by retirement, death, resignation, promotion, transfer or any newly created bargaining unit position. The Superintendent retains in his sole discretion the right not to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions fill any vacancy. The Association will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 promptly notified of the grievance provisionSuperintendent's intent to eliminate such vacancies. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these A. The Association recognizes that when vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days occur three weeks prior to the filling start of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due year, it may be difficult to a resignation or approved transferfill them from within the district without disruption to the existing instructional program. If the Superintendent, in his reasonable judgment so determines, such vacancies may be filled on a temporary or tentative basis until the end of the current school year at which time the position will be considered vacant. A vacancy shall be defined for the purpose of this agreement as a position unfilled. B. The Board declares its support of a policy of filling vacancies from qualified teaching personnel within the district. Whenever a vacancy arises, the Superintendent shall promptly post notice of such vacancy on a bulletin board in each school, for no less than three weeks before the position is filled and notify the Association in writing that this position is being posted. C. A vacancy exists only when positions exceed current staff and/or employees. The Board reserves the right to transfer employees when the number of employees does not exceed the number of positions available. The Board will consult with the Association president for input prior to transferring employees. Vacancies shall be filled on the following basis: • Experience - number of years in position • Competency - satisfactory performance • Qualifications - educational background, training outside of district and certification and to satisfy highly qualified/ESEA/NCLB regulations. • Length of service in district - total years of service in district • Seniority - total years of continuous service When experience, competency, qualifications and length of service are substantially equal, the applicant with greater seniority shall be selected to fill the vacancy. Any new position shall be posted with an accompanying job closing if a description. The most highly qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the a particular vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions selected by the district; however, when in the determination of the district, qualifications of both internal and external applicants are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article Xequal, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of internal applicant with the grievance provisionmost seniority will be granted the position. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 A. Whenever any vacancy in an administrative position occurs during the school year, due to but not limited to retirement, resignation or creation of a new position, it will be adequately publicized by the Superintendent by means of a notice as far in advance of the appointment as possible. Written notice of such vacancy will also be available to the Association’s president when said position(s) are posted. In both cases, the qualifications of the position and its duties and compensation according to the salary schedule will be clearly set forth. The qualifications set forth for a particular position will not be changed prior to an appointment or unless the Association has been notified in advance of such changes and the reasons for such change. A disagreement over the necessity for such change will be subject to the grievance and arbitration procedures set forth in this Agreement. No vacancy will be filled, except on a temporary basis, within ten (10) days from the date on which the position is posted. The filling of vacancies shall be based on funding and the needs of the School Department. B. All openings qualified/certified personnel for instructional the vacant position will be given adequate opportunity to make application for such positions; and the Committee agrees to give due weight to the professional background and attainments of all applicants, the length of time each has been in the school system, and other relevant factors. While the School Committee may appoint an Administrator who does not possess a Master’s Degree to an Administrative Bargaining Unit position, no such individual shall be appointed to such a vacancy unless (a) he/she is appropriately licensed to hold the vacant position under the applicable Department of Elementary and Secondary Education Regulations or (b) that he/she has been granted a waiver by the Department of Elementary and Secondary Education. Notwithstanding the above, all members of the Administrative Bargaining Unit must obtain a Master’s Degree as a condition of continued employment in the Administrative Bargaining Unit no later than three (3) years from the date of this Agreement or the date of their appointment to the Administrative Bargaining Unit, whichever is later. In filling vacancies, consideration will be given to qualified/certified Administrators already employed by the Committee. Each applicant not selected will receive written notification from the Superintendent (or designee) that he/she was not selected. Permanent appointments to vacant administrative positions shall be posted on made no later than by the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week start of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during next school year following the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, in which the vacancy occurs. Such vacancies may be filled prior to by a temporary acting appointment until such time as a permanent appointment is made, provided that such a temporary acting appointment may not continue beyond the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between end of the Superintendent and school year in which the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurvacancy occurred. 10.2 All openings C. The Committee shall determine the qualifications for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be each posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email position subject to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article XSections A and B above. The qualifications shall include a requirement either that the applicant have the appropriate certification or license for the position as determined by the Department of Education or that he/she has been granted a waiver by the Department of Education. D. Administrative positions in the Fall River summer school and evening schools, and administrative positions under federal programs over and above those filled by full- time federal administrators, will be filled first by regularly appointed and qualified Administrators in the Fall River School System. Administrators will be given first consideration for monitoring of students or proctoring teacher tests given in the public schools. E. Appointments will be made without regard to race, creed, religion, nationality, sex, marital status military status, sexual orientation, disability, genetic information, gender identity, gender expression or age. F. Whenever possible, changes in administrative assignments will be voluntary. An involuntary transfer will be made only after a meeting between the Administrator and the Superintendent or his/her designee, at which time the Administrator will be notified of the reasons for the proposed transfer. In the event that the Administrator objects to the transfer, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall will be from the pool of certified notified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.the

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 The filling of vacancies in the professional staff of the Wellesley School System is the responsibility of the Superintendent or, where appropriate, the Principal of each school, subject to the review and approval of the Superintendent. (a) In the exercise of such responsibility, the Superintendent agrees to publicize all vacancies in the professional staff, other than the Central Office positions, and to grant interviews to interested staff members prior to filling any vacancy in the bargaining unit in accordance with the following procedure: 1. All openings vacancies which occur within the professional staff of the Wellesley School System and which provide opportunity for instructional and administrative promotion for present staff members shall be publicized. During the work year, positions shall be posted on publicized at least ten (10) school days prior to the District websitefilling of vacancies. Notice During the summer, except during the last two (2) weeks prior to the beginning of these the school year, positions shall be publicized at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the filling of vacancies both by the normal method and by mailing copies of the notice of vacant positions to any teachers who indicate by June 15 that they wish to receive such notices. During the last two (2) weeks of the summer prior to the beginning of the school year, the period for publicizing vacancies shall be posted reduced to five (5) calendar days and the requirement that copies of notices of vacancies be mailed to those teachers who have indicated their desire to receive them over the summer shall not be applicable; however, the Committee will make a good faith effort to notify those teachers of any such vacancies within the five (5) day publication period by means other than mail such as, for example, by means of verbal notice over the telephone. Vacancies may be filled on a temporary basis until such procedures can be followed. 2. During the school year, vacancies and positions for which extra pay is given shall be publicized in all affected buildings and/or offices for at least ten (10) school days prior to filling the vacancy on a permanent basis. During the summer, vacancies and positions for which extra pay is given shall be publicized in all affected buildings and/or offices for at least five (5) work calendar days prior to filling the filling of such vacancyvacancy on a permanent basis. 3. Vacancies All bargaining unit positions which occur during June, July, and August shall will be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week vacated as of the beginning end of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, shall be publicized as they occur in order that present staff members may be filled prior considered for transfer to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised such positions in accordance with the contract but procedures set forth in this Article. 4. When in the judgment of the Superintendent the qualifications, attainments and professional backgrounds of candidates are comparable, vacancies shall be given to candidates within the Wellesley School System. In the event that a teacher within the Wellesley School System is not selected to fill a vacancy, the Superintendent shall, upon request, meet with such teacher to discuss the reason for the decision. 5. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in filling vacancies when there are laid off teachers with recall rights, such teachers shall be recalled to such vacancies in accordance with the procedure set forth in ARTICLE 16, Section (d). (b) If the Association considers that there has been improper discrimination in the filling of any vacancy or vacancies under this Article, a complaint may be filled filed and shall be subject to the grievance procedure, except questions arising under (a) 3 above. (c) Teachers may request a transfer into a subject area for which they are certified and have 18 credit hours in the subject area, provided that they: 1. Agree to complete a total of thirty-six credit hours within the subject area within a two-year period from the close of the school year in which they are so transferred. In cases where there are factors beyond the control of the teacher (sickness, non-availability of courses, etc.), the Superintendent may grant up to a one-year extension. The standards for evaluating whether the credits are within the subject area will be the standards that are currently in use by the State Department of Education; and 2. Agree that if the total of thirty-six credit hours is not completed within the stated two or three-year period, the teacher will either transfer to a prospective vacancy in the department in which he/she taught prior to the job closingabove-transfer, with an availableor be laid off if a good faith attempt has been made to complete the requisite course work. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between if at any time after the transfer the Superintendent and reasonably determines that the ABCE President will teacher is not making a good faith effort to complete the requisite course work, such teacher shall be necessary for laid off at the end of that school year. Any such transfers may only be made at the start of the school year unless some other time is approved by the Superintendent. Any teacher who transfers into a new subject area pursuant to this section may transfer back to occurhis/her original department if a vacancy develops in that department within the stated two or three-year period; thereafter, the same provisions that are applicable to all other transfers shall be applicable to such teachers as well. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed (d) In the case of an involuntary transfer, a teacher may, upon request, meet with the Superintendent before he/she makes his/her final decision in Appendix D order to discuss the proposed transfer. (e) Any teacher who is involuntarily transferred from one building to another or other extra-compensated positions from one department to another, will be posted within that school on have the ABCE bulletin board and via email right to all current staff at that school site where the transfer back to his/her original position if an opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancywithin three years. If no more than one person is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article Xentitled to return, the Association may file person involuntarily transferred first has the prior right. In case of a grievance at Step 2 tie, seniority prevails. The right to return does not apply if the Superintendent determines that the transfer is not in the best interest of the grievance provisioneducational program. The Superintendent’s decision will not be arbitrary or capricious. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings A. For the purpose of this article, a vacancy shall be defined for instructional purposes of this Agreement as a position presently unfilled, a position currently filled but which will be open in the future or a newly created position. A position shall include teacher, Schedule A-2 positions, administrator and administrative supervisor. B. During the school year, notices of all vacancies and newly created positions shall be prominently posted on the District school's website, in Teacher Study Centers and Principals' offices, in each school or department, for not less than ten (10) calendar days prior to the closing date for filing applications as soon as the vacancy or new position is determined to exist. Notice Vacancies will also be sent to teachers electronically through the school's e-mail system. No position shall be filled except in case of these emergency and on a temporary basis until such vacancy shall have been posted for at least ten (10) calendar days. The time for posting vacancies shall be posted at least shortened from ten (10) calendar days to five (5) work calendar days for the months of August and September only. Notices of vacancies and newly created positions shall include academic and experience requirements, personal skills, responsibilities of the position, the date the position is to be open and instructions for filing application. In the event a vacancy occurs during the school year, the Board shall have the right to: 1. post the vacancy and fill it in accordance with this section; 2. fill the vacancy through the recall of a laid off staff member, or 3. fill the vacancy and any resulting vacancies pursuant to this section to be effective at the start of the next semester/trimester. C. All teachers during summer break will receive notice of administrative, teaching and schedule A-2 vacancies electronically through the school's e-mail system. D. Extra-curricular positions are filled on a yearly basis. If a teacher is not to be re-hired for an extra-curricular position, he shall be notified in writing at least ten (10) calendar days in advance of the posting of the vacancy. Any teacher not desiring to continue in an extra-curricular position, shall notify the Board in writing by June 1 of the current year. E. A teacher may apply for any open position for which he/she is certified and deemed highly qualified as defined by the State, at any time. Such application should be in writing, addressed to the Superintendent of Schools. Applications must be renewed annually. It shall be the administration's responsibility to describe newly created positions and to discuss the qualifications of vacated positions with candidates. Teachers are encouraged to apply for any position for which they are certified and deemed highly qualified as defined by the State, if qualifications and abilities are equal in the opinion of the administration, preference will be given to teachers currently in the school system and those with the longest service in the system. F. In filling vacancies to administrative positions, the Board shall consider the professional qualifications, background, attainments and service in the school district of all applicants. The parties recognize that, while the Board will continue to adhere to its practice of promotions from within its own teaching staff, the filling of vacancies of a promotional or administrative nature is a prerogative of the Board and the decision of the Board will be final. G. Any teacher not desiring to continue in a teaching position, shall notify the Board of Education, in writing, thirty (30) days prior to leaving the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurposition. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions A. A vacancy shall be defined as any position, either newly created or a present position, that is not filled. A position that is open or is created during the school year and the District determines that the position will continue into the next school year will be filled per the provisions of this Article. A position that is open or is created during the school year and is determined by the district to be a position only for the school year, will be filled by a temporary employee for the remainder of the current school year. If this position subsequently continues into the next school year, it will be posted and filled per this Article, with the temporary employee guaranteed an interview for the position. An interim unfilled position due to the layoff procedure shall not be construed as a vacancy. An interim unfilled position due to an employee transferring to another position within the bargaining unit shall not be construed as a vacancy during the trial period. B. Whenever any vacancy for a position covered under this Agreement shall occur from September through June, the Board shall publicize the same by giving written notice of such vacancy to be posted in every school building and Central Office. Vacancies occurring during the months of July and August shall be publicized on the District websitedistrict jobline and webpage, as well as posted in Central Office. Notice Upon posting a vacancy, as outlined above, the position shall remain vacant for a minimum of these vacancies shall five (5) working days. Any position may be filled on a temporary or emergency basis while posting or notice requirements are being satisfied. Vacancies that occur within the two (2) weeks prior to the opening of school may be posted at least the discretion of the district. Any transfer request letters from unit members on file as of June 1 shall receive consideration for relevant vacancies. C. When a vacancy occurs, an employee shall be granted an interview if he/she meets the minimum qualifications as posted. D. When an employee is asked by a supervisor to substitute in a higher paying classification covered under this Agreement for five (5) consecutive days or more, said employee shall be paid retroactively to the first consecutive day at the higher rate. E. Upon request from an employee, the supervisor may approve an employee to substitute in the absence of an employee in a higher pay level position, with no increase in pay rate, when the position will require a substitute for a period of five (5) work days prior to the filling of such vacancyor more. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week The duration of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, substitute work may be filled prior to limited by the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occursupervisor. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional SECTION 1 For purposes of this Article, a "promotional position" is defined as any position paying a salary differential over and administrative above that of a classroom teacher, including those positions shall be posted on in the District websitecentral office or those listed in Schedule B, C, or D, or any position in Unit B, as defined by the Massachusetts Labor Relations Commission, Case No. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to the MCR-484. SECTION 2 The filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur promotional positions within one week the Needham Public Schools is the responsibility of the beginning Superintendent following the review and approval of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or Principal's recommendation. SECTION 3 Whenever a vacancy occurs in a promotional position during the school year due (September to a resignation or approved transferJune), may it will be filled prior publicized as soon as the vacancy occurs. During the months of July and August, notice of such vacancy will be conveyed directly to the job closing if a qualified applicant is availablePresident of the Needham Education Association or his/her designee. Agreement between In the event these procedures are not followed, the positions will be reopened and publicized as set forth above. SECTION 4 All such notices shall set forth those specifications, qualifications, and compensation for the position and the date by which application shall be filed with the Superintendent. SECTION 5 Advancements or promotions shall be based upon the Superintendent's judgment as to what will best serve the interests of the students, and the Superintendent will give due consideration to the professional background (attainment), knowledge, ability, skill, efficiency, attendance, physical condition, general health, and personality of the ABCE President applicants. Whenever the above factors are equal in the judgment of the Superintendent, the applicant with the longest tenure of employment in the Needham Public Schools will be necessary for this advanced or promoted. It is recognized that the final decision as to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance promotions must rest with the contract but may Superintendent. All applicants will be filled prior to notified of the job closingdisposition of their applications. The administration will continue its practice of discussing his/her application, on a confidential basis, with an availableindividual, certified and qualified applicant. upon his/her request. SECTION 6 Nothing in this Agreement between shall prevent the Superintendent and or the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed administration from making acting appointments in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 best interests of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews educational needs of the system until positions can be filled with permanent appointments. Time spent in such acting appointments shall not be from the pool regarded as evidence of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required superior qualifications for the position being advertisedpermanent openings. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.Draft - Awaiting SC 9/6/22

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional 11.1 Vacancies within the bargaining unit in any professional position or new position including summer school, federal programs and administrative positions shall evening schools in the Public Schools of Xxxxxx will be posted adequately publicized by the Superintendent by means of a written notice displayed in every school as far in advance of the appointment as possible. 11.2 No vacancy will be filled during the school year, except on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least a temporary basis, within five (5) work days from the date the notice is posted and the Association is notified. The School Committee will email a vacancy notice to the President of the Association and the two (2) building representatives of all postings provided the Association furnishes the Superintendent's office with the appropriate points of contact by the start of each academic year. 11.3 If a vacancy occurs after the close of the schools in June and before they open in September, the Superintendent shall mail a copy of such notice to the Association and to every teacher who shall have filed his/her name and address and self-addressed envelope with the Superintendent for the purpose of receiving such notices. Such vacancies will not be filled within ten (10) days of the mailing of such notices. After August 1, Superintendent and HEA President may agree to waive posting prior to filling a vacant position. 11.4 All certified teachers will be given adequate opportunity to make application for such vacancies. Applications must be filed in writing with the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August Superintendent within the time limit specified in the notice. 11.5 All vacancies shall be posted for only four filled on the basis of the professional backgrounds and attainments of all applicants. When all other factors are substantially equal, preference will be given to qualified employees of the Public Schools of Xxxxxx. 11.6 Permanent appointments to all such vacancies will be made a soon as possible. 11.7 Resignation of employment by any professional employee must be preceded by written notice of thirty (430) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week Waiver of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, termination notice requirement may be filled prior to the job closing granted if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between both the Superintendent and the ABCE President employee agree to such waiver. 11.8 In the event a teaching position is eliminated, the teacher who held that position will be given first consideration for any existing vacancy, provided that teacher has the necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurqualifications. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 A. A vacancy shall be defined for the purposes of this Agreement as a position within the bargaining unit presently unfilled, newly created positions, positions currently filled but anticipated to be open in the future for a period of thirty (30) or more school days and/or a position(s) vacated for whatever reason by a member of the bargaining unit. B. All openings for instructional and administrative positions such vacancies occurring within the bargaining unit shall be posted on a designated bulletin board in each District building along with a copy of such posting to be forwarded to the District websiteAssociation. Notice of these vacancies Positions as above described shall be posted at least five ten (510) work school days prior to being filled. Bargaining unit members may apply for such positions by submitting a written application to the filling of personnel office. Said positions shall be filled by the certified applicant with the greatest bargaining unit seniority who is qualified* for same. A bargaining unit member on leave or layoff from the District shall be considered to have fulfilled all requirements pertaining to "applying for such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, Julyposition in writing", and August shall be posted given first priority to fill such vacancies, provided he/she is eligible to fill same. C. In filling vacancies, the following provisions shall govern: 1. The vacancy shall be filled by recall of a teacher on layoff or leave from this School District. If there is no teacher on layoff or leave from this School District certified for only four the vacancy, the following provisions shall govern: 2. If a teacher on the staff applies and is certified and qualified for the vacancy, said teacher shall be granted the position. If two or more teachers on the staff apply for the vacancy, the teacher with the greatest seniority (4as defined by the lay-off provisions of this Agreement) work daysthat is certified and qualified for the vacancy shall be granted the position. Vacancies that occur within one week of If the vacancy occurs after the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year, the Board is not required to fill the vacancy by transfer during that school year. At the beginning of the next school year due to the position will once again be treated as a resignation or approved transfervacancy. 3. If the vacancy is not filled by the above provisions, the Board may be filled prior fill the vacancy from any source. D. During the summer months when regular school is not in session, the Board will post in the personnel office all vacancies as above described and shall also forward at the same time copies of said vacancies to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent Association and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs bargaining unit members who have made prior request to be notified of summer vacancies. Positions so posted shall remain posted at least five fifteen (515) work calendar days prior to filling such vacancybeing filled. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five Positions which become vacant after August 1 shall remain posted at least ten (510) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification calendar days prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined filled. Application may be made in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatessame manner as above described. Likewise, these positions shall be filled on the same basis. *"Qualified", as used herein, meaning as such word is defined and applied per Article XI, H of this Agreement.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional A. Whenever a vacancy arises from within or is anticipated, the person in charge of personnel shall post the vacancy within thirty (30) days of the notice and administrative positions shall furnish a copy to the Association President or his/her designee. Whenever any vacancy in an existing, restored or newly created position is to be filled, the vacancy will be posted on the District websitefirst for application by current bargaining unit members. Notice The posting notice shall include a job description, current qualifications, location, hours, weeks of these work and rate of pay. All vacancies shall will be posted at least for a minimum of five (5) work days workdays, and no applicant will be interviewed during the five (5)-day posting period, except for General Aide positions. Any member who has successfully passed the previous secretarial test, prior to the filling implementation of such vacancythe new production test, at either the clerk or secretarial level, or is currently in a clerical position, will be deemed qualified and will be exempt from testing for future clerical postings. B. Upon the expiration of the posting, the internal applicant consideration period will commence. Vacancies which occur No non- bargaining unit applicant will be interviewed or considered for the position at this point. Applications/resumes of external candidates will be not be considered during Junethe internal candidate consideration period, Julyexcept for General Aide positions. Bargaining unit applicants will be interviewed, provided they meet the qualifications set forth in the posting. In the event that the hiring supervisor determines NOT to select the bargaining unit applicants, then she/he will make a personal contact (by telephone or in person) to discuss the basis for the non- selection including feedback for improvement. At this point, applications of external candidates will be made available to the hiring supervisor for interview. The supervisor may hire from the external applicant pool, request external advertising of the position or reconsider a (previously rejected) bargaining unit member. In the event that the position is modified in any respect (including but not limited to qualifications for the position) before it is filled, then the posting/interviewing procedures set forth in paragraphs one (A) and August two (B) of this section will recommence. C. Seniority employees who are selected for a new (i.e., different) bargaining unit position shall be posted considered to be in a probationary placement for only four the first forty (440) work daysworkdays. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled At any time prior to the expiration of the forty (40) day period, the employee may be administratively replaced in her/his previous position, and/or she/he may opt to return to her/his previous position. During the probationary placement period, the employee shall continue to enjoy all applicable benefits of the collective bargaining agreement (i.e., the employee shall not be considered to be a new probationary hire). D. Postings for Food Service Assistant shall be filled by seniority from within the current Food Service division at the time of posting (i.e., the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior awarded to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicantmost senior Food Service Employee who applied). Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary The forty (40) day probationary period shall apply. Current food service employees wishing to apply for this another food service assistant opportunity need only submit a letter of interest in response to occura posting. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings 9.1 Whenever, after all assignments have been made, there is or occurs a vacancy in a unit position, the Superintendent or his/her designee shall, as soon as practicable, so advise the Association by posting a notice in a conspicuous place in each school building. Such notice shall briefly describe the position involved, the date that the position is expected to be filled and the time within which current employees must apply for instructional and administrative positions the position. Such notice shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least for five (5) calendar days, and copies shall be forwarded to the President of the Association. 9.2 Applications for such position shall be accepted from personnel within and outside the Lenox Public Schools. The Superintendent or Principal, as the case may be (appointing official), in filling the position shall consider the background, skills and experience of each applicant together with such other factors as it shall deem to be relevant. If, in the judgment of the appointing official, the background, skill and experience of applicants deemed by it to be most qualified are substantially equal, it will give preference to an applicant then currently employed by the Lenox Public Schools unless, in the opinion of the appointing official consideration of such other factors as he/she deems to be relevant causes him/her to conclude that the grant of such preference is not in the best interests of the Lenox Public Schools. 9.3 The Committee may create different position(s) for work days to be done by employees and may make changes in job descriptions and positions and may eliminate positions. As needed, the Superintendent and LEA leadership agree to work on new and revised job descriptions for Unit C employees. The new job descriptions will be compliant with the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA). The Committee shall establish a temporary wage rate for each such position. Thereafter, the School Committee shall notify the Association of each position, the duties to be performed (which may include duties performed under one or more existing positions), the number of positions established and the temporary wage rate to be paid for each such position and may proceed to fill such positions, provided always, that after implementation and upon written demand from the Association, the Committee shall meet and bargain a final wage rate for such positions. 9.4 The Association and Committee agree that the Committee has the sole right to create and eliminate positions and to determine which and how many positions shall be eliminated. When in the discretion of the Committee, it elects to reduce the number of Unit C employees such reduction shall be exercised in reverse order of seniority. However, if in the opinion of the administration, a reduction by seniority is not in the best interest of the school district, the administration may reduce the number of employees in a category based upon the skills, knowledge and qualifications needed to fulfill the requirements of the position. Such decision by the administration shall not be grieved by the employee beyond level three (School Committee). Unit members shall accrue seniority determined by length of continuous service in the Lenox Public Schools. Length of service will be determined from the first and actual day of permanent employment within the district. Any leave granted, pursuant to this agreement, shall not be considered a break in service. Any paraprofessional who is laid off will, if contacted to return to work, be entitled to all of the benefits to which he/she was entitled prior to the filling of such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during Junelayoff, Julyincluding but not limited to unused accumulated sick leave, and August shall position on the salary schedule. Laid off unit members will be posted given first opportunity to fill any vacancy for only four (4) work dayswhich they are qualified within Unit C in the inverse order of his/her layoff for up to one calendar year. Vacancies that occur within one week If a unit member declines, the Committee will have no further obligation to recall them. If in the opinion of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due administration there is a question as to whether a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior person contacted to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President return will be necessary for this able to occur. Vacancies that occur perform in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with a position different from the contract but may be one he or she filled prior to at the job closingtime of layoff, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President unit member will be necessary for this to occurassigned on a three-month probationary period. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions 12.01 Vacancies in new job classifications of indefinite duration need not be posted until the expiration of thirty (30) calendar days from the date created. 12.02 Vacancies in regular assigned job classifications shall be posted on the District website. Notice within three (3) working days of these such vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior to occurring. 12.03 The vacancy directly created by the filling of such vacancya regularly assigned job or new classification will be posted within three (3) working days of the original job being filled. 12.04 All employees filling positions through the posting procedure outlined above, will be on a sixty (60) calendar day training period in the new job. Vacancies which occur If during Junethis training period the employee wishes to return to the position that was left, Julythe employee will have the right to do so. Also, if during the training period the employee proves unable to perform the job satisfactorily, the Company will return that employee to the job the person left, and August that employee may not reapply for the same new job for a period of six (6) months from the date that the training period was terminated. 12.05 The Company will not be required to consider an employee for a current vacancy who, in the previous six (6) months before, had a transfer to their current position through posting for a vacancy, provided all vacancies must be filled by current seniority employees who are qualified prior to going outside the bargaining unit. If no bargaining unit employee applies for a vacancy the Company may immediately fill the position. 12.06 The bulletin will show a general job description, required qualifications, rate of pay and hours of work, and shall be posted for only four three (43) work daysworking days in a place accessible to all employees affected. Vacancies that occur Copies of all bulletins issued under this rule shall be furnished to the Chief Xxxxxxx. 12.07 Employees desiring such positions shall, within one week the three day period specified in Section 12.02, forward to the designated officer their applications in which they will clearly set forth their qualifications for the job. 12.08 Appointments shall be made based on qualifications and seniority. Qualifications being sufficient, seniority shall govern. The name of the beginning of school, appointee shall be bulletined within one week after three (3) working days in the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during same manner as the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, vacancy was bulletined. 12.09 Posted vacancies may be filled prior to temporarily pending the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between assignment of the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified successful applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D 12.10 An employee who is temporarily assigned to one or other extra-compensated positions will more consecutive job classifications shall, at the expiration of such temporary employment, be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email returned to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work dayshis regularly assigned job classification. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X12.11 In applying rules governing promotion and seniority, the Association may file supervisory officer shall make the assignment subject to appeal as a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provisionunder Article 13. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional A. Whenever a vacancy arises from within or is anticipated, the person in charge of personnel shall post the vacancy within thirty (30) days of the notice and administrative positions shall be posted on the District website. Notice of these vacancies shall be posted at least five (5) work days prior furnish a copy to the filling of such vacancyAssociation President or his/her designee. Vacancies which occur during JuneWhenever any vacancy in an existing, Julyrestored or newly created position is to be filled, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide posted first for an additional application by current bargaining unit members. Notice of the vacancy will be made by posting in each work location. The posting notice shall include a job description, current qualifications, location, hours, weeks of work and rate of pay. All vacancies will be posted for a minimum of five (5) work days, and no applicant will be interviewed during the five (5)-day posting period. Any member who has successfully passed the previous secretarial test, prior to the implementation of the new production test, at either the clerk or secretarial level, or is currently in a clerical position, will be deemed qualified and will be exempt from testing for future clerical postings. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within B. Upon the provisions expiration of Article Xthe posting, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall internal applicant consideration period will commence. No non- bargaining unit applicant will be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary interviewed or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required considered for the position being advertisedat this point. Qualified: Anyone using Applications/resumes of external candidates will be held in the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must personnel office during the internal candidate consideration period. Bargaining unit applicants will be interviewed, provided they meet the criteria outlined qualifications set forth in School Board policy and match the certification required posting. In the event that the hiring supervisor determines NOT to select the bargaining unit applicants, then she/he will make a personal contact (by telephone or in person) to discuss the basis for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferableselection including feedback for improvement. At this point, applications of external candidates will be made available to the hiring supervisor for interview. The supervisor may hire from the external applicant pool, request external advertising of the position or reconsider a (previously rejected) need bargaining unit member. In the event that the position is modified in any respect (including but not hold that certification limited to qualifications for the position) before it is filled, then the posting/interviewing procedures set forth in paragraphs one (A) and two (B) of this section will recommence. C. Seniority employees who are selected for a new (i.e., different) bargaining unit position shall be considered to be in a probationary placement for the first forty (40) work days. At any time prior to being selected the expiration of the forty (40) day period, the employee may be administratively replaced in her/his previous position, and/or she/he may opt to return to her/his previous position. During the probationary placement period, the employee shall continue to enjoy all applicable benefits of the collective bargaining agreement (i.e., the employee shall not be considered to be a new probationary hire). D. Postings for an interview but must meet Food Service Assistant shall be filled by seniority from within the minimum criteria outlined current Food Service division at the time of posting (i.e., the job will be awarded to the most senior Food Service Employee who applied). The forty (40) day probationary period shall apply. Current food service employees wishing to apply for another food service assistant opportunity need only submit a letter of interest in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesresponse to a posting.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings 1. When a vacancy occurs, the Employer shall post for instructional seven (7) calendar days a notice of the opening stating the job classification, a description of the job duties (the entire position description) and administrative minimum qualifications, the hours of work and workweek assigned to the position, the rate of pay, the training that will be offered by the Employer, the location and person to whom applications must be made, the date of posting, the final date on which applications will be accepted and whether or not the position is in the bargaining unit. The Employer shall provide a copy of this posting to the Local Union president and the date the Employer expects to fill the position. Probationary employees shall not be eligible for promotion to a new position until completing their probationary period unless no qualified non-probationary employee applies for the position. 2. Employees who wish to be considered for the posted job must file written application with the Employer by the end of the posting period. 3. The Employer will decide, in its sole discretion, when a vacancy exists. The bidding procedure as described herein shall only apply to bargaining unit vacancies. 4. The applications timely filed will be reviewed by the Employer. The Employer shall make the selection for bargaining unit positions shall be posted on the District websitebasis of qualifications, experience, performance (including attendance), and the ability to perform the work in question of all applicants or Employees, with preference for internal applicants with everything else being equal. Notice If, in the judgment of these vacancies the Employer, the qualifications, experience, performance (including attendance), and ability to perform the work of two (2) or more Employees or applicants are equal, seniority or experience shall be posted at least govern, subject to the grievance and arbitration provisions of Section 5 of this Article. The Employer will endeavor to send letters to the unsuccessful applicants within five (5) days after the position has been filled. 5. The Union shall have recourse through the grievance and arbitration procedure to challenge an Employer’s selection to fill a vacancy not in compliance with this Article. It is understood that the Employer has wide discretion in making determinations of whether a candidate is qualified or which candidate should be selected based upon considerations of qualifications, experience, performance (including attendance), seniority and ability to perform the work days prior involved. 6. In the event a successful grievance, pursuant to this Article, causes the grievant to be placed in a vacant position, the person displaced by the successful grievant shall be entitled to a similar vacancy elsewhere, when available, so long as such remedy does not otherwise violate the provisions of this Article. The obligation to place the displaced employee expires in six months. 7. The Employer shall have the right to fill a position, and make transfers on a temporary basis until such time as the selection of a permanent Employee is made to fill the position. “Temporary basis” is defined as less than sixty (60) calendar days. Furthermore, nothing in this provision shall impair the Employer’s right to fill a vacant position by laterally transferring an Employee on a permanent basis in lieu of the above procedures, provided there is no loss in pay to the Employee transferred. 8. The foregoing provisions on promotions and the filling of such vacancyvacant positions are intended to supersede any conflicting provisions for public employees in the Ohio Revised Code and/or the rules of the Ohio Department of Administrative Services (ODAS) relative to transfers, promotions and the filling of vacant positions. 9. Vacancies which occur during June, July, Employees who bid on and August are selected for a position in a lower pay grade (voluntary demotion) shall be posted paid at a maximum rate for only four the new, lower classification or shall have their current rate of pay reduced by five percent (4) work days5%), whichever rate results in the lower final rate of pay. Vacancies However, if the affected employee was denied a pay increase as the result of a promotion to the current position held, the rate to which such an employee returns shall include any merit pay that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or employee would have received during the school year due to a resignation regular annual increases if he or approved transfer, may be filled prior she had not been promoted up to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occurnew maximum rate. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings A. Any secretary anticipating resigning shall give written notice of intent with the Administration Office at least ten (10) working days prior to the effective date. Any secretary failing to submit such written notice, and unable to show sufficient cause for instructional a failure to do so, shall thereafter waive all seniority rights and administrative positions step placement on the schedule in case of returning. In case of emergency, the acceptance of lack of notice shall be posted on at the District website. Notice discretion of these vacancies the Board. B. A vacancy shall be posted defined as any position, either newly created or a present position that is not filled excluding temporary vacancies. A temporary vacancy is a vacancy caused by an employee being on an authorized absence or where there is an interim need for additional secretarial or clerical assistance. C. Whenever any vacancy or other special opportunity in any secretarial position in the district occurs, such vacancy will be announced by job posting at least five (5) work working days prior to the filling of closing date established for accepting applications. The written notice will include a job description for the announced vacancy. The building principal will be responsible for making the final recommendation for hire to the Administration. Any secretary may apply for such vacancy. Vacancies which occur during JuneIn filling a vacancy, Julythe Board agrees that due consideration will be given to the background, attainments and skills of all applicants, the length of time each has been employed by the District, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work daysother relevant factors. Vacancies that occur Where these criteria are equal, the Board will give primary consideration to applicants from within one week the Association’s bargaining unit. D. The employer must notify, in writing, all applicants who are members of the beginning of schoolAssociation, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this of the Association of its decision as to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be who was awarded all posted jobs within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five twenty (520) work days prior to filling such vacancyafter the expiration of the posting period. If no one is chosen from that school, then These time lines may be waived by the vacancy Employer with notification of the Association President. E. Any secretary whose scheduled work hours are cut by 1.5 hours or more per day will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within considered to be laid off and eligible to bump the provisions of Article X, secretary in the Association may file a grievance with the least seniority who works at Step 2 of least equivalent hours to the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.secretary who has been laid off

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings 13-01 Whenever any vacancy in a professional position occurs, it will be publicized by the Superintendent in writing to the President of the Association and published to the entire professional staff via internal electronic mail by use of the First-Class Folder. Duties and rates of compensation will be set forth. If a promotional vacancy arises which the Administration intends to fill and which is known to be permanent or of at least two months' duration, the position will be posted as soon as the Administration decides to fill the position, provided that the Administration will have the right to fill the vacancy as it sees fit during the pendency of the posting period. The Administration will provide a general notice to the staff of all curriculum work opportunities referred to in Appendix A-10 hereof, provided that none of the provisions of Section 1402 hereof shall apply to applications for instructional such opportunities or to the processing of such applications. 13-02 Whenever any vacancy occurs or new position is created, all nurses will be given adequate opportunity to make application for such positions, namely ten (10) days, exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays, legal holidays and administrative positions vacation days during the school year, after written notification is given the Association, and the Superintendent agrees to give due weight to the professional background and attainments of all applicants. Each nurse applicant not selected will, upon request, receive a written explanation from the Superintendent or his/her designee. If the Superintendent recommends a non-employee, the employee applicant, if on professional nurse status, may request and shall be posted on provided with a written list of specific reasons for the District websiteSuperintendent's recommendation. Notice The reasons provided shall in no event be grievable beyond the Superintendent. 13-03 Should a vacancy in a nursing position or fall season coaching position occur less than fifteen (15) days prior to the opening of these vacancies school, the required 10-day posting may be waived or reasonably abbreviated, provided, however, that no rights, especially under Article 18 are abridged by such action. There shall be posted at least established and maintained a central file of transfer requests so that such requests are readily available to any and all administrators involved in the process of filling vacancies which occur in the above situation. A similar file shall be established and maintained relating to fall coaching positions in the above situation. 13-04 Any nurse who wishes to be notified of any vacancies over the summer shall so notify the Superintendent's Office and shall be sent all postings provided that he/she supplies the Superintendent's Office with five (5) work days prior stamped self-addressed envelopes. This section in no way entitles a nurse to anything other than announcements of vacancies and may not be relied upon as a basis for a grievance regarding the filling of such a vacancy. Vacancies which occur during June, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised in accordance with the contract but may be filled prior to the job closing, with an available, certified and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative positions shall A. Whenever a permanent vacancy in a professional position in the bargaining unit, caused by retirement, death, resignation, promotion or discharge or any newly created position in the bargaining unit, occurs other than that of a classroom teacher, it will be posted adequately publicized by the Superintendent by means of a notice placed on the District websiteAssociation Bulletin Board in every school as far in advance of the appointment as possible. Notice During the months of these vacancies shall July and August, written notice of any such vacancy will be posted at least five (5) work days prior given to the filling of such vacancyAssociation. Vacancies which occur during JuneIn both situations, Julythe qualifications for the position, its duties and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week of the beginning of school, within one week after the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-count, or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior to the job closing if a qualified applicant is available. Agreement between the Superintendent and the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised compensation in accordance with the contract but may current salary schedule will be filled prior clearly set forth. The qualifications set forth for a particular position will not be changed when such future vacancies occur unless the Association has been notified in advance of such changes and reasons therefor. A disagreement over the necessity for such change will be subject to the job closinggrievance and arbitration procedures set forth in this Association. No vacancy will be filled, with an availableexcept on a temporary basis, certified within fifteen (15) work days from the date the notice is sent electronically to staff. B. All qualified teachers will be given adequate opportunity to make application for such positions, and qualified applicant. Agreement between the Superintendent agrees to give due weight to the professional background and the ABCE President attainments of all applicants, seniority, and other relevant factors. In filling such vacancies, first consideration will be necessary for this given to occurqualified teachers already employed by the Committee and each teacher applicant shall be granted an interview by the Superintendent or designee before the appointment is made. Appointments will be made not later than ninety (90) days after the notice is posted in the schools or the giving of notification to the Association. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed C. The Superintendent agrees to post newly created positions only, which arise under the Unit A contract, to all staff during implementation of a reduction in Appendix D force and subsequent related reassignments. The parties agree that such application will be considered in accordance with the provisions of this article as it relates to newly created positions and is in the best interests of the teacher(s) and/or school(s) affected. D. Appointments will be made without regard to race, creed, color, age, religion, nationality, sex or other extra-compensated marital status. E. Permanent vacancies caused by retirement, death, resignation, promotion or discharge or any newly created positions which occur in regular classroom positions will be posted within that school on as per Paragraph A. The Superintendent, however, reserves the ABCE bulletin board and via email right not to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then fill the vacancy until the start of the next school year and provided, further, the filling of vacancies under this Paragraph D will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within subject to the provisions of Article XXII. F. Temporary vacancies are defined as those vacancies which are not permanent as defined in Paragraph A. The Superintendent reserves the right to fill or not fill such temporary vacancies. Should the Superintendent determine to fill such temporary vacancies, it will do so by making an appointment for the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 length of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be temporary vacancy. The Superintendent will make the decision to fill or not fill the temporary vacancy within a reasonable period from the pool event causing the temporary vacancy. The Superintendent will fill the temporary vacancy within a reasonable period of certified the posting. In filling such temporary vacancy the Superintendent will give all qualified teachers adequate opportunity to make application for such temporary positions and qualified agrees to give due weight to the professional background and attachments of all applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificatesother relevant factors.

VACANCIES AND PROMOTIONS. 10.1 All openings for instructional and administrative Section 1 Written notice of all vacancies which shall occur in positions covered by this Agreement shall be posted on the District websitedistrict’s website and on any application, website designated by the district. Notice of these vacancies Such notice shall be posted at least five given as soon as possible after the occurrence of any such vacancy. Section 2 The said written notice of vacant positions shall indicate the position, and the date within which applications should be filed with the Superintendent or his/her designee. Such date shall not be less than seven (57) work days prior from the date of the posting of the notice, except in cases of emergency. Employees who desire to apply for any such position vacancy shall submit their applications in writing to the Superintendent or his/her designee within the time limit specified in the notice announcing the vacancy. Section 3 In addition to the giving of notice in the manner indicated above, the Superintendent or his/her designee may give notice of vacant positions and seek applicants in such other ways as it considers necessary. Section 4 In filling of such vacancyvacancies for promotional positions, the Superintendent or his/her designee will give primary consideration to the applicant's qualifications for the position. Vacancies which occur during JuneWhere, July, and August shall be posted for only four (4) work days. Vacancies that occur within one week in the opinion of the beginning Superintendent or his/her designee, the qualifications of schoolapplicants are substantially equal, within one week after preference will be given to employees of the Deputy Superintendent’s FTE mini-countCommittee on the basis of their seniority as such employees. Promotional positions shall include all positions in the bargaining unit which afford an employee the opportunity to receive a higher rate of compensation. In filling vacancies for non- promotional positions, the Superintendent or during the school year due to a resignation or approved transfer, may be filled prior his/her designee will give consideration to the job closing if a qualified desires of the applicant is available. Agreement between and to the Superintendent and needs of the ABCE President will be necessary for this to occur. Vacancies that occur in “Critical Shortage Areas” shall be advertised School Department. Section 5 Position vacancies announced in accordance with the contract but provisions of this Article shall normally be filled within sixty (60) days after notice of vacancy is posted. Written notice of the filling of any such vacant position will be given to all employees who made written application for the position. Section 6 The decisions of the Superintendent or his/her designee made hereunder in filling vacant positions shall not be subject to the Grievance Procedure set forth in Article 3 of this Agreement. Section 7 An employee selected to fill a vacant position, which is not due to an employee's performance, shall be given a thirty (30) day trial period in the new position. If at the end of the trial period, if either the District or the employee determine that the appointment is not working out the employee shall be returned to his position or another assignment. An employee whose performance is unsatisfactory as documented by a recent evaluation, may be filled prior transferred to another position. The Superintendent or designee shall meet with the job closing, employee and shall provide the employee with an available, certified and qualified applicantwritten documentation to support the transfer decision. Agreement between The decision of the Superintendent and the ABCE President will shall not be necessary for this to occurgrievable. 10.2 All openings for supplements listed in Appendix D or other extra-compensated positions will be posted within that school on the ABCE bulletin board and via email to all current staff at that school site where the opening occurs at least five (5) work days prior to filling such vacancy. If no one is chosen from that school, then the vacancy will be advertised county wide for an additional five (5) work days. 10.3 If positions are not properly advertised within the provisions of Article X, the Association may file a grievance at Step 2 of the grievance provision. 10.4 Applicants selected for interviews shall be from the pool of certified and qualified applicants only. Certified: Hold a valid in-field Florida temporary or professional certificate that matches the certification(s) required for the position being advertised. Qualified: Anyone using the High Objective Uniform State Standard of Evaluation (HOUSSE) plan to qualify must meet the criteria outlined in School Board policy and match the certification required for the position being advertised. Alternately, state-certified teachers may also be required to "qualify" for positions by holding additional endorsements such as ESOL, Reading, and Gifted. Exception: Applicants applying for positions that require district-granted CTE certification (non-transferable) need not hold that certification prior to being selected for an interview but must meet the minimum criteria outlined in the district's Process for Granting District CTE Certificates.